TWI449968B - Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display - Google Patents

Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI449968B
TWI449968B TW097121653A TW97121653A TWI449968B TW I449968 B TWI449968 B TW I449968B TW 097121653 A TW097121653 A TW 097121653A TW 97121653 A TW97121653 A TW 97121653A TW I449968 B TWI449968 B TW I449968B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
acid
group
resin composition
anhydride
color filter
Prior art date
Application number
TW097121653A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200916851A (en
Inventor
Tanaka Toshiyuki
Mizukami Junji
Tsuchiya Tatsunori
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Chem Corp filed Critical Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Publication of TW200916851A publication Critical patent/TW200916851A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI449968B publication Critical patent/TWI449968B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0388Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters
    • G02F1/133516Methods for their manufacture, e.g. printing, electro-deposition or photolithography

Description

彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,彩色濾光片,液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示器Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display

本發明係關於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物、彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示器。詳細而言,係關於即使於色料濃度高時圖像形成性亦優良,感度及溶解性之平衡性優良,進而像素邊緣之鮮明性、密黏性優良之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,及其用途。The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter, a color filter, a liquid crystal display device, and an organic EL display. Specifically, it is excellent in image formability even when the colorant concentration is high, and the balance between sensitivity and solubility is excellent, and the photosensitive coloring resin for color filters excellent in sharpness and adhesion of the pixel edge is obtained. Composition, and its use.

習知作為使用顏料之彩色濾光片的製造法有:染色法、電塗法、噴墨法及顏料分散法等。Conventionally, as a method of producing a color filter using a pigment, there are a dyeing method, an electrocoating method, an inkjet method, a pigment dispersion method, and the like.

利用顏料分散法製造彩色濾光片時,通常係於藉由分散劑等將顏料分散而成之著色樹脂組成物中,添加黏合劑樹脂、光聚合起始劑、光聚合性單體等並進行感光化而作成感光性著色樹脂組成物,將其塗佈至玻璃基板上並加以乾燥後,使用光罩進行曝光,進行顯影,藉此形成著色圖案,其後藉由將其加熱而將圖案固著,形成像素。依各色重複該等步驟,從而形成彩色濾光片。When a color filter is produced by a pigment dispersion method, a binder resin, a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerizable monomer, and the like are usually added to a colored resin composition obtained by dispersing a pigment by a dispersant or the like. Photosensitive to form a photosensitive colored resin composition, which is applied onto a glass substrate and dried, and then exposed to light using a photomask to develop a color pattern, and then the pattern is solidified by heating it. Forming pixels. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.

對於上述彩色濾光片的圖像形成中使用之感光性著色樹脂組成物,係要求充分的析像性、與基板之良好的密黏性、低顯影殘渣等特性。進而,近年來,係要求色濃度高之像素或光學濃度高之樹脂黑色矩陣。因此,要求感光性著色樹脂組成物大量包含顏料或碳黑等色料,且上述特性優良。The photosensitive colored resin composition used for image formation of the color filter described above is required to have sufficient resolution, good adhesion to a substrate, and low development residue. Further, in recent years, a pixel having a high color density or a resin black matrix having a high optical density is required. Therefore, the photosensitive colored resin composition is required to contain a large amount of a pigment such as a pigment or carbon black, and the above characteristics are excellent.

一般將感光性樹脂組成物供給至經由塗佈.乾燥.曝光. 顯影之步驟的光微影步驟中,故於該等步驟中,通常要求:顯影步驟中的去除部分中不會產生殘渣或浮渣;去除部分具有充分之溶解性;提高圖案邊緣之鮮明性等像素形成性。然而,使用上述色料含量高之感光性著色樹脂組成物形成像素或黑色矩陣(以下,將該等合稱為「圖案」。)時,易於顯著地出現下述問題:於顯影步驟中,於未曝光部之基板上產生殘渣或浮渣;無法獲得未曝光部良好的溶解性;圖案邊緣之鮮明性不良;由於曝光部之光硬化不充分而表面平滑性不良等。The photosensitive resin composition is generally supplied to the coating. dry. exposure. In the photolithography step of the step of developing, in these steps, it is generally required that no residue or scum is generated in the removed portion in the developing step; the removed portion has sufficient solubility; and the sharpness of the edge of the pattern is improved. Pixel formation. However, when a pixel or a black matrix (hereinafter, referred to as "pattern") is formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition having a high color toner content, it is easy to remarkably exhibit the following problem: in the developing step, Residue or scum is generated on the substrate of the unexposed portion; good solubility of the unexposed portion is not obtained; the sharpness of the edge of the pattern is poor; the light hardening of the exposed portion is insufficient, and the surface smoothness is poor.

尤其是樹脂黑色矩陣包含黑色色料,於較廣之波長區域中具有遮光性,因此下述現象成為較大之問題:(1)明顯難以擴大曝光部分與未曝光部分之交聯密度的差;(2)於已曝光之部分中亦產生膜厚方向之交聯密度的差,即,即使於光照射面側充分地硬化,於基底面側亦難以硬化;(3)顯影液中大量地含有不溶性黑色色料,因此難以獲得高顯影性等。In particular, the resin black matrix contains a black colorant and has a light-shielding property in a wide wavelength region, so that the following phenomenon becomes a big problem: (1) it is obviously difficult to enlarge the difference in crosslink density between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion; (2) The difference in the crosslink density in the film thickness direction is also generated in the exposed portion, that is, it is hard to be hardened on the side of the base surface even if it is sufficiently hardened on the side of the light-irradiated surface; (3) The developing solution contains a large amount of Since it is insoluble black coloring material, it is difficult to obtain high developability and the like.

因此,為了解決上述問題,提出了使用具有羧基之酚醛清漆環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂作為黏合劑樹脂的感光性著色樹脂組成物(參照專利文獻1)。然而,根據本發明者等人之研究,判明了使用該黏合劑樹脂時產生下述問題:溶解性與感度的平衡並不充分,因此於未曝光部溶解之同時,引起顯影液向曝光部滲透,圖案邊緣部分之直線性低;圖案與基板之密黏性並不充分等。Therefore, in order to solve the above problem, a photosensitive colored resin composition using a novolak epoxy acrylate resin having a carboxyl group as a binder resin has been proposed (see Patent Document 1). However, according to the study by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that the use of the binder resin causes a problem that the balance between solubility and sensitivity is not sufficient, so that the developer is infiltrated into the exposed portion while being dissolved in the unexposed portion. The linearity of the edge portion of the pattern is low; the adhesion between the pattern and the substrate is not sufficient.

又,提出有使用具有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂與含有脂環式環 氧基之不飽和化合物的反應物作為黏合劑樹脂之感光性樹脂組成物(參照專利文獻2)。然而,根據本發明者等人之研究,判明了使用該黏合劑樹脂時亦存在下述問題:感度不充分,因此圖案於基板上之密黏性差,難以形成高精細之圖案。Further, it is proposed to use an acrylic resin having a carboxyl group and an alicyclic ring. The reactant of the oxy unsaturated compound is used as a photosensitive resin composition of the binder resin (see Patent Document 2). However, according to the study by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that when the binder resin is used, there is a problem that the sensitivity is insufficient, and therefore the adhesion of the pattern on the substrate is poor, and it is difficult to form a high-definition pattern.

再者,專利文獻3中揭示有使用下述通式(1)所表示之環氧樹脂、含有不飽和基之羧酸及多元羧酸酐之反應物作為黏合劑樹脂之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物(參照專利文獻3)。該文獻中所記載之組成物係與基板之密黏性、圖案邊緣之鮮明性及保存穩定性均優良,但感度仍有改善之餘地。Further, Patent Document 3 discloses the use of a photosensitive filter using an epoxy resin represented by the following formula (1), a reaction product of an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid, and a polycarboxylic acid anhydride as a binder resin. A colored resin composition (refer patent document 3). The composition described in this document is excellent in adhesion to a substrate, sharpness of a pattern edge, and storage stability, but there is still room for improvement in sensitivity.

(式中,n表示平均值,表示0~10之數。P、R表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數為1~8之烷基、芳基之任一者,各個P、R可相互相同亦可不同。G表示環氧丙基。)(wherein, n represents an average value, and represents a number of 0 to 10. P and R each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an aryl group, and each of P and R may be the same as each other. It can also be different. G stands for epoxypropyl.)

專利文獻1:日本專利特開平11-84126號公報專利文獻2:日本專利特開平1-289820號公報專利文獻3:日本專利特開2005-55814號公報Patent Document 1: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

本發明之目的在於提供一種即使於色料濃度高時圖像形成性亦優良,感度及溶解性之平衡性優良,進而像素邊 緣之鮮明性、密黏性優良之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物;使用該感光性著色樹脂組成物之彩色濾光片;及使用該彩色濾光片而成之液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示器。An object of the present invention is to provide an image forming property which is excellent even when a toner concentration is high, and a balance between sensitivity and solubility is excellent, and further, a pixel side a photosensitive coloring resin composition for a color filter excellent in sharpness and adhesion, a color filter using the photosensitive colored resin composition, and a liquid crystal display device using the color filter and Organic EL display.

本發明者等人專心反覆研究,結果發現:藉由使用具有既定構造、且分子量高之黏合劑樹脂,可解決上述課題,從而完成本發明。The inventors of the present invention have intensively studied and found that the above problems can be solved by using a binder resin having a predetermined structure and a high molecular weight, and the present invention has been completed.

即,本發明係以如下為要旨。That is, the present invention is as follows.

[1]一種彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有使下述通式(1-a)所表示之環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)的反應物進一步與多元酸及/或其酐(c)反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)、光聚合起始劑(B)及色料(C)者,其特徵在於,鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之利用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC,Gel Permeation Chromatography)測定的聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量為3300以上且50000以下。[1] A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter comprising a reaction of an epoxy resin (a) represented by the following formula (1-a) and a carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group; An alkali-soluble resin (A) which is obtained by further reacting a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof (c) with an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (B), and a colorant (C). The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC, Gel Permeation Chromatography) is 3,300 or more and 50,000 or less.

[上述通式(1-a)中,n表示平均值,表示0~10之數。R41 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數為1~8之烷基、碳數為3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基或聯苯基之任一者。再者, 於1分子中存在的複數個R41 可分別相同亦可不同。G表示環氧丙基。][In the above formula (1-a), n represents an average value, and represents a number of 0 to 10. R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, the carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms of a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or any one of biphenyl. Furthermore, the plurality of R 41 present in one molecule may be the same or different. G represents an epoxy propyl group. ]

[2]如[1]之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步包含分散劑(D)。[2] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to [1], which further comprises a dispersing agent (D).

[3]如[1]或[2]之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有光聚合性單體(E)。[3] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to [1] or [2], further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (E).

[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A')而成,該鹼可溶性樹脂(A')係使下述通式(1-a')所表示之環氧化合物(a')與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯(b')的反應物,與多元酸及/或其酐(c')反應而獲得。[4] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [3] further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A'), the alkali-soluble resin (A') An α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having an epoxy compound (a') represented by the following formula (1-a') and an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or a carboxyl group in an ester moiety The reactant of (b') is obtained by reacting with a polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c').

[上述通式(1-a')中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示烷基或鹵素原子。R33 及R34 分別獨立地表示伸烷基。x及y分別獨立地表示0以上的整數。]In the above formula (1-a'), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom. R 33 and R 34 each independently represent an alkylene group. x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more. ]

[5]如[1]至[4]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A")而成,該鹼可 溶性樹脂(A")係使下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")的反應物,與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得。[5] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [4] further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A"), the alkali The soluble resin (A") is a reaction product of an epoxy compound (a") represented by the following formula (1-a") and a carboxylic acid (b") containing an unsaturated group, and a polybasic acid and/or It is obtained by reacting an anhydride (c").

[上述通式(1-a")中,X表示下述通式(2a)、(2b)或(3)所表示之連結基。其中,分子構造中包含1個以上金剛烷構造。1表示2或3之整數。 (上述通式(2a)及(2b)中,R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。 上述通式(3)中,R5 ~R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。Y表示可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結 基。 上述通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中,*表示與通式(1-a")中之環氧丙氧基的鍵結部位。)]In the above formula (1-a"), X represents a linking group represented by the following formula (2a), (2b) or (3), wherein the molecular structure includes one or more adamantane structures. An integer of 2 or 3. (In the above formulae (2a) and (2b), R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 1~ The alkyl group of 12 or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. In the above formula (3), R 5 to R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have a phenyl group of a substituent. Y represents a divalent linking group containing an adamantane structure which may have a substituent. In the above formulae (2a), (2b) and (3), * represents a formula (1-a" The bonding site of the epoxy propoxy group.)]

[6]如[5]之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,多元酸及/或其酐(c")含有下述(i)及(ii)。[6] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to [5], wherein the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") contains the following (i) and (ii).

(i){四元酸及/或其酐}及/或{二元酸及/或其酐} (ii)三元酸及/或其酐。(i) {tetrabasic acid and / or its anhydride} and / or {dibasic acid and / or its anhydride} (ii) a tribasic acid and/or its anhydride.

[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")而成,該鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")係將下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")的反應物與多元醇(d")混合,使該混合物與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得。[7] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [6] further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A1"), the alkali-soluble resin (A1") Mixing the epoxy compound (a") represented by the following formula (1-a") with the carboxylic acid (b") containing an unsaturated group with a polyol (d") to make the mixture and the mixture It is obtained by reacting an acid and/or its anhydride (c").

[上述通式(1-a")中,X表示下述通式(2a)、(2b)或(3)所表示之連結基。其中,分子構造中包含1個以上金剛烷構造。1表示2或3之整數。 [化7] (上述通式(2a)及(2b)中,R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。 上述通式(3)中,R5 ~R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。Y表示可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結基。 上述通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中,*表示與通式(1-a")中之環氧丙氧基的鍵結部位。)]In the above formula (1-a"), X represents a linking group represented by the following formula (2a), (2b) or (3), wherein the molecular structure includes one or more adamantane structures. An integer of 2 or 3. [Chem. 7] (In the above formulae (2a) and (2b), R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 1~ The alkyl group of 12 or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. In the above formula (3), R 5 to R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or may have a phenyl group of a substituent. Y represents a divalent linking group containing an adamantane structure which may have a substituent. In the above formulae (2a), (2b) and (3), * represents a formula (1-a" The bonding site of the epoxy propoxy group.)]

[8]如[7]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,多元酸及/或其酐(c")含有下述(i)及(ii)。[8] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [7], wherein the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") contains the following (i) and (ii).

(i){四元酸及/或其酐}及/或{二元酸及/或其酐} (ii)三元酸及/或其酐。(i) {tetrabasic acid and / or its anhydride} and / or {dibasic acid and / or its anhydride} (ii) a tribasic acid and/or its anhydride.

[9]如[1]至[8]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,光聚合起始劑(B)包含肟酯衍生物類。[9] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [8] wherein the photopolymerization initiator (B) contains an oxime ester derivative.

[10]如[1]至[9]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,色料(C)之含量係於感光性著色樹脂 組成物的總固形份中為20~60重量%。[10] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [9] wherein the content of the colorant (C) is based on the photosensitive colored resin The total solid content of the composition is 20 to 60% by weight.

[11]如[1]至[10]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,色料(C)含有黑色色料。[11] The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [10] wherein the color material (C) contains a black colorant.

[12]一種彩色濾光片,其係於透明基板上具有使用[1]至[11]中任一項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素或黑色矩陣。[12] A color filter comprising a pixel or a black matrix formed of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of [1] to [11] on a transparent substrate.

[13]一種液晶顯示裝置,其係使用[12]之彩色濾光片而製作。[13] A liquid crystal display device produced by using the color filter of [12].

[14]一種有機EL顯示器,其係使用[12]之彩色濾光片而製作。[14] An organic EL display produced by using the color filter of [12].

本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物的感度較高,與基板之密黏性良好,即使以高濃度含有顏料或碳黑等色料時,感度及溶解性之平衡性優良,進而像素邊緣之鮮明性、密黏性優良,析像力高,可形成高精細之像素。根據本發明,藉由使用上述彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,可獲得高品質之彩色濾光片,進而可提供高品質之液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示器。The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention has high sensitivity and good adhesion to a substrate, and is excellent in balance between sensitivity and solubility even when a pigment such as a pigment or carbon black is contained at a high concentration. Further, the pixel edge is excellent in sharpness and adhesion, and has high resolution, and can form high-definition pixels. According to the present invention, by using the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter described above, a high-quality color filter can be obtained, and a high-quality liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display can be provided.

以下具體說明本發明之實施形態,然而本發明並不限於以下之實施形態,可於其要旨之範圍內實施各種變更。The embodiments of the present invention are specifically described below, but the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described below, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

再者,本發明中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」係指「丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸」,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」、「(甲基)丙烯醯基」亦相同。又,「(聚)羥基」係指「羥基及/或聚羥基」。In the present invention, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acrylate" and "(meth)acrylylene group" are also the same. Further, "(poly)hydroxyl" means "hydroxyl and/or polyhydroxyl".

本發明中,「總固形份」係指彩色濾光片用感光性著色 樹脂組成物中或後述之油墨中所包含之溶劑以外的所有成分。In the present invention, "total solid content" means photosensitive coloring for color filters All components other than the solvent contained in the resin composition or the ink described later.

本發明中,重量平均分子量係指利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)。In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight means a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).

又,本發明中,若無特別說明,「胺值」係表示有效固形份換算的胺值,以與每1 g之分散劑的固形份的鹼量等量之KOH的重量所表示之值。再者,測定方法如後述。In the present invention, the "amine value" is a value expressed by the weight of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali of the solid content per 1 g of the dispersant, unless otherwise specified. Furthermore, the measurement method will be described later.

[彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物][Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition for Color Filters]

本發明之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物係(以下有時稱作「感光性著色樹脂組成物」或「著色樹脂組成物」)含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A)光聚合起始劑(B)及色料(C)作為必須成分,較佳為進一步含有分散劑(D)及光聚合性單體(E),視需要進而包含鹼可溶性樹脂(A)以外之其他黏合劑樹脂(F)或有機溶劑、密黏改善劑、塗佈性改善劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、矽烷偶合劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物等其他調配成分者,通常,鹼可溶性樹脂(A)、光聚合起始劑(B)、色料(C)、及視需要所使用之各 種材料係於溶解或分散於有機溶劑中之狀態下進行使用。The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "photosensitive colored resin composition" or "colored resin composition") contains an alkali-soluble resin (A) photopolymerization initiator ( B) and the coloring material (C) as an essential component, preferably further containing a dispersing agent (D) and a photopolymerizable monomer (E), and further containing a binder resin other than the alkali-soluble resin (A) (F) Or an organic solvent, a viscosity improving agent, a coating property improving agent, a development improving agent, a UV absorber, an antioxidant, a decane coupling agent, a surfactant, a pigment derivative, and the like, usually, an alkali-soluble resin ( A), photopolymerization initiator (B), colorant (C), and each as needed The materials are used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent.

〈鹼可溶性樹脂(A)〉<alkali soluble resin (A)>

鹼可溶性樹脂(A)係使既定之環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)之反應物,進一步與多元酸及/或其酐(c)反應而獲得者。The alkali-soluble resin (A) is obtained by reacting a predetermined epoxy resin (a) with a reaction product of an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b) with a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride (c).

(1)環氧樹脂(a) 環氧樹脂(a)係以下述通式(1-a)表示。(1) Epoxy resin (a) The epoxy resin (a) is represented by the following formula (1-a).

[上述通式(1-a)中,n表示平均值,表示0~10之數。R41 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數為1~8之烷基、碳數為3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基或聯苯基之任一者。再者,存在於1分子中之複數個R41 可分別相同亦可不同。G表示環氧丙基。][In the above formula (1-a), n represents an average value, and represents a number of 0 to 10. R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group. Furthermore, the plurality of R 41 present in one molecule may be the same or different. G represents an epoxy propyl group. ]

通式(1-a)中之R41 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數為1~8之烷基、碳數為3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基或聯苯基之任一者,然而就感度及溶解性方面而言,作為R41 ,特佳為氫原子或甲基。再者,存在於1分子中之複數個R41 可分別相同亦可不同。R 41 in the formula (1-a) represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group. In the case of sensitivity and solubility, R 41 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Furthermore, the plurality of R 41 present in one molecule may be the same or different.

上述通式(1-a)所表示之環氧樹脂(a)例如可藉由於鹼金屬氫氧化物存在下,使下述通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合 物與表鹵醇反應而獲得。The epoxy resin (a) represented by the above formula (1-a) can be represented, for example, by the following formula (1-a-1) by the presence of an alkali metal hydroxide. It is obtained by reacting with an epihalohydrin.

(式中,n及R41 表示與通式(1-a)中相同者。)(wherein n and R 41 represent the same as in the formula (1-a).)

上述通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物例如可藉由於酸觸媒之存在下,使下述通式(1-a-2)所表示之化合物與酚類進行縮合反應而獲得。The compound represented by the above formula (1-a-1) can be obtained, for example, by subjecting a compound represented by the following formula (1-a-2) to a phenol by a condensation reaction in the presence of an acid catalyst.

(式中,Z表示鹵素原子、羥基或低級烷氧基。R41 表示與上述通式(1-a)中相同者。)(wherein Z represents a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a lower alkoxy group. R 41 represents the same as in the above formula (1-a).)

上述通式(1-a-2)之Z中,作為鹵素原子,較佳之基可舉出氯原子、溴原子等,作為低級烷氧基,較佳之基可舉出甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數為1~4之烷氧基等。In the Z of the above formula (1-a-2), preferred examples of the halogen atom include a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, and as the lower alkoxy group, a preferred group is a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. The alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 4 is used.

另一方面,所謂酚類係指於1分子中具有一個酚性羥基之芳香族化合物,其具體例可舉出:以酚、甲酚、乙酚、正丙酚、異丁酚、第三丁酚、辛基酚、二甲苯酚、甲基丁酚、二第三丁酚等為代表例之烷基酚之各種鄰、間、對異構物;或以環戊基酚、環己基酚、環己基甲酚等為代表例 之環烷基酚或苯基酚等可經舉出作為上述通式(1-a)中之R41 之基所取代的經取代之酚類。該等酚類可單獨使用一種或組合兩種以上進行使用。On the other hand, the term "phenol" refers to an aromatic compound having one phenolic hydroxyl group in one molecule, and specific examples thereof include phenol, cresol, phenol, n-propanol, isobutyl phenol, and third butyl. Phenol, octylphenol, xylenol, methyl butyl phenol, di-tert-butyl phenol, etc., representative ortho, meta- or para-isomers of alkylphenols; or cyclopentyl phenol, cyclohexyl phenol, The cyclopentyl phenol or the like which is a representative example of a cycloalkylphenol or a phenylphenol can be exemplified by the substituted phenol which is substituted as the group of R 41 in the above formula (1-a). These phenols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

進行上述縮合反應時,酚類之使用量係相對於1莫耳之通式(1-a-2)所表示之化合物,較佳為0.5~20莫耳,特佳為2~15莫耳。When the condensation reaction is carried out, the amount of the phenol used is preferably from 0.5 to 20 mol, particularly preferably from 2 to 15 mol, based on 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (1-a-2).

較佳為於上述縮合反應中使用酸觸媒,作為酸觸媒可使用各種者,較佳為:鹽酸、硫酸、對甲苯磺酸、草酸、三氟化硼、無水氯化鋁、氯化鋅等,特佳為對甲苯磺酸、硫酸、鹽酸。該等酸觸媒之使用量並無特別限制,相對於通式(1-a-2)所表示之化合物,較佳為使用0.1~30重量%。It is preferred to use an acid catalyst in the above condensation reaction, and various ones can be used as the acid catalyst, and preferred are: hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, boron trifluoride, anhydrous aluminum chloride, zinc chloride. Etc., especially p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid. The amount of the acid catalyst to be used is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 0.1 to 30% by weight based on the compound represented by the formula (1-a-2).

上述縮合反應可於無溶劑下或有機溶劑之存在下進行。作為使用有機溶劑時之具體例,可舉出甲苯、二甲苯、甲基異丁基酮等。有機溶劑之使用量係相對於所填裝之原料的總重量,較佳為50~300重量%,特佳為100~250重量%。反應溫度較佳為40~180℃之範圍,反應時間較佳為1~8小時。The above condensation reaction can be carried out in the absence of a solvent or in the presence of an organic solvent. Specific examples of the case of using an organic solvent include toluene, xylene, and methyl isobutyl ketone. The amount of the organic solvent used is preferably from 50 to 300% by weight, particularly preferably from 100 to 250% by weight, based on the total weight of the raw materials to be filled. The reaction temperature is preferably in the range of 40 to 180 ° C, and the reaction time is preferably from 1 to 8 hours.

於反應結束後,進行中和處理或水洗處理,將產物之pH值調節為3~7,較佳為調節為5~7。進行水洗處理時,使用氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,氫氧化鈣、氫氧化鎂等鹼土類金屬氫氧化物,氨、磷酸二氫鈉、進而二乙三胺、三乙四胺、苯胺、苯二胺等有機胺等各種鹼性物質等作為中和劑進行處理即可。又,水洗處理按照常法進行即可。例如,可採用下述方法:於反應混合物中添加 溶解了上述中和劑之水,反覆進行分液萃取操作。After the reaction is completed, the neutralization treatment or the water washing treatment is carried out to adjust the pH of the product to 3 to 7, preferably to 5 to 7. For the water washing treatment, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide, an alkaline earth metal hydroxide such as calcium hydroxide or magnesium hydroxide, ammonia, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, further diethylenetriamine or triethylamine is used. Various alkaline substances such as an organic amine such as tetraamine, aniline or phenylenediamine may be treated as a neutralizing agent. Further, the water washing treatment may be carried out in accordance with a usual method. For example, the following method can be employed: adding to the reaction mixture The water of the above neutralizing agent is dissolved, and the liquid separation extraction operation is repeated.

進行上述中和處理或水洗處理後,於減壓加熱下將未反應之二羥基苯類及溶劑餾去,進行產物之濃縮,可獲得上述通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物。After the neutralization treatment or the water washing treatment, the unreacted dihydroxybenzenes and the solvent are distilled off under reduced pressure, and the product is concentrated to obtain the compound represented by the above formula (1-a-1).

作為由上述通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物獲得上述通式(1-a)所表示之本發明之環氧樹脂(a)的方法,可採用公知的方法。例如,事先於通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物與過剩之表氯醇、表溴醇等表鹵醇的溶解混合物中添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,或一邊添加,一邊於20~120℃之溫度下使其反應1~10小時,藉此可獲得通式(1-a)所表示之環氧樹脂(a)。As a method of obtaining the epoxy resin (a) of the present invention represented by the above formula (1-a), a known method can be employed as the compound represented by the above formula (1-a-1). For example, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is added to a dissolved mixture of a compound represented by the formula (1-a-1) and an excess of epihalohydrin such as epichlorohydrin or epibromohydrin. Alternatively, the epoxy resin (a) represented by the formula (1-a) can be obtained by reacting at a temperature of 20 to 120 ° C for 1 to 10 hours while being added.

於獲得該環氧樹脂(a)之反應中,鹼金屬氫氧化物亦可使用其之水溶液,該情況時,亦可為下述方法:連續地於反應系統內添加該鹼金屬氫氧化物之水溶液,並且於減壓下或常壓下連續地使水及表鹵醇餾出,進而進行分液,去除水,使表鹵醇連續地返回至反應系統內。In the reaction for obtaining the epoxy resin (a), an alkali metal hydroxide may also be used as an aqueous solution. In this case, it may be a method of continuously adding the alkali metal hydroxide to the reaction system. The aqueous solution is continuously distilled off under reduced pressure or under normal pressure to remove water and epihalohydrin, and liquid separation is carried out to remove water, and the epihalohydrin is continuously returned to the reaction system.

又,亦可為下述方法:於上述通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物與表鹵醇之溶解混合物中添加四甲基氯化銨、四甲基溴化銨、三甲基苄基氯化銨等四級銨鹽作為觸媒,於50~150℃下使其反應1~5小時,於由此而獲得之通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物的鹵醇醚化物中添加鹼金屬氫氧化物之固體或水溶液,再次於20~120℃之溫度使其反應1~10小時,使其進行脫鹵化氫(閉環)。Further, a method of adding tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide, or trimethyl group to the dissolved mixture of the compound represented by the above formula (1-a-1) and epihalohydrin may be used. a quaternary ammonium salt such as benzyl ammonium chloride is used as a catalyst, and is reacted at 50 to 150 ° C for 1 to 5 hours to obtain a halogenated alcohol of the compound represented by the formula (1-a-1). A solid or an aqueous solution of an alkali metal hydroxide is added to the etherified product, and the reaction is again carried out at a temperature of 20 to 120 ° C for 1 to 10 hours to carry out dehydrohalogenation (closed loop).

於上述反應中使用之表鹵醇的量,係相對於1當量的通 式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物的羥基,通常為1~20莫耳,較佳為2~10莫耳。又,鹼金屬氫氧化物的使用量,係相對於1當量的通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物的羥基,通常為0.8~15莫耳,較佳為0.9~11莫耳。The amount of epihalohydrin used in the above reaction is relative to 1 equivalent of The hydroxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (1-a-1) is usually 1 to 20 moles, preferably 2 to 10 moles. Further, the amount of the alkali metal hydroxide to be used is usually 0.8 to 15 moles, preferably 0.9 to 11 moles per 1 equivalent of the hydroxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (1-a-1).

進而,為了使反應順利地進行,除了添加甲醇、乙醇等醇類以外,亦可添加二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等進行反應。使用醇類時,其使用量係相對於表鹵醇的量而為2~20重量%,較佳為4~15重量%。又,使用非質子性極性溶劑時,其使用量係相對於表鹵醇的量而為5~100重量%,較佳為10~90重量%。Further, in order to allow the reaction to proceed smoothly, a reaction such as an aprotic polar solvent such as dimethylhydrazine or dimethylhydrazine may be added in addition to an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol. When an alcohol is used, the amount thereof is 2 to 20% by weight, preferably 4 to 15% by weight based on the amount of the epihalohydrin. Further, when an aprotic polar solvent is used, the amount thereof is from 5 to 100% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, based on the amount of the epihalohydrin.

將上述環氧化反應的反應產物水洗後、或並不進行水洗,於加熱減壓下,例如於110~250℃、壓力1.3 kPa(10 mmHg)以下的條件下,將表鹵醇及其他添加溶劑等去除,獲得目標環氧樹脂(a)。After the reaction product of the epoxidation reaction is washed with water or not washed with water, the epihalohydrin and other solvent are added under heating and reduced pressure, for example, at 110 to 250 ° C and a pressure of 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg) or less. After removal, the target epoxy resin (a) is obtained.

又,為了獲得水解性鹵素更少之環氧樹脂,將所獲得之環氧樹脂再次溶解於甲苯、甲基異丁基酮等溶劑中,添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物的水溶液而進行反應,亦可使閉環確實。該情況時,,鹼金屬氫氧化物的使用量係相對於1當量的於環氧化所使用之通式(1-a-1)所表示之化合物的羥基,較佳為0.01~0.3莫耳,特佳為0.05~0.2莫耳。反應溫度為50~120℃,反應時間通常為0.5~2小時。Further, in order to obtain an epoxy resin having less hydrolyzable halogen, the obtained epoxy resin is redissolved in a solvent such as toluene or methyl isobutyl ketone, and an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is added thereto. The reaction is carried out with an aqueous solution, and the closed loop can also be made. In this case, the amount of the alkali metal hydroxide used is preferably 0.01 to 0.3 mol per 1 equivalent of the hydroxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (1-a-1) used for the epoxidation. Very good is 0.05~0.2 m. The reaction temperature is 50 to 120 ° C, and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 2 hours.

反應結束後,藉由過濾、水洗等而去除所生成之鹽,進而於加熱減壓下將甲苯、甲基異丁基酮等溶劑餾去,藉此 可獲得上述通式(1-a)所表示之環氧樹脂(a)。After the completion of the reaction, the salt formed is removed by filtration, washing with water, or the like, and a solvent such as toluene or methyl isobutyl ketone is distilled off under heating and reduced pressure. The epoxy resin (a) represented by the above formula (1-a) can be obtained.

(2)含有不飽和基之羧酸(b) 作為含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之不飽和羧酸,作為具體例可舉出:(甲基)丙烯酸,丁烯酸,鄰、間、對乙烯基苯甲酸,(甲基)丙烯酸之α位鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素、硝基、氰基取代體等單羧酸;丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、己二酸2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、六氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、己二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、四氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、己二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯;於(甲基)丙烯酸上加成ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、δ-戊內酯等內酯類而成之單體;或於(甲基)丙烯酸羥烷基酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯上加成丁二酸(酐)、酞酸(酐)、順丁烯二酸(酐)等酸(酐)而成之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸二聚物等。(2) Carboxylic acid containing an unsaturated group (b) The unsaturated carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group may, for example, be an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and specific examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-ethylene. a monocarboxylic acid such as an α-haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen, a nitro group or a cyano substituent of (meth)acrylic acid; 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl succinate; 2-propenyloxyethyl adipate, 2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl phthalate, 2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalate, maleic acid 2 -(Meth)propylene methoxyethyl ester, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl succinate, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl adipate, tetrahydro phthalic acid 2- (Meth) propylene methoxy propyl ester, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl phthalate, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl maleate, 2- succinic acid Methyl) propylene decyl butyl acrylate, 2-(methyl) propylene decyl butyl acrylate, 2-(methyl) propylene decyl hydride, 2-(methyl) phthalate Propylene oxybutyl acrylate, 2-(methyl) propylene decyl butyl methoxide; addition to (meth) acrylate a monomer such as a lactone such as caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone or δ-valerolactone; or a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate or pentaerythritol tri(methyl) A monomer obtained by adding an acid (anhydride) such as succinic acid (anhydride), citric acid (anhydride) or maleic acid (anhydride) to the acrylate; a (meth)acrylic acid dimer or the like.

就感度方面而言,該等中特佳的是(甲基)丙烯酸。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。In terms of sensitivity, among these, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

(3)環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)之反應 作為使環氧樹脂(a)中的環氧基與含有不飽和基之羧酸 (b)反應之方法,可使用公知的方法。例如,可將三乙基胺、苄基甲基胺等三級胺,十二烷基三甲基氯化銨、四甲基氯化銨、四乙基氯化銨、苄基三乙基氯化銨等四級銨鹽,吡啶,三苯基膦等作為觸媒,於有機溶劑中,於反應溫度為50~150℃下使環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)反應數小時~數十小時,藉此於環氧樹脂上加成羧酸。(3) Reaction of epoxy resin (a) with carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group As the epoxy group in the epoxy resin (a) and the carboxylic acid having an unsaturated group (b) A method of the reaction, and a known method can be used. For example, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride or benzyltriethylchloride may be used. A quaternary ammonium salt such as ammonium, pyridine, triphenylphosphine or the like as a catalyst, and an epoxy resin (a) and an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b) in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C The reaction is carried out for several hours to several tens of hours to thereby add a carboxylic acid to the epoxy resin.

該觸媒之使用量,係相對於反應原料混合物(環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)之合計),較佳為0.01~10重量%,特佳為0.3~5重量%。The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by weight, particularly preferably 0.3 to 5, based on the reaction raw material mixture (the total of the epoxy resin (a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b)). weight%.

又,為了防止反應中之聚合,較佳為使用聚合抑制劑(例如對甲氧基苯酚、對苯二酚、甲基對苯二酚、對甲氧基酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、酚噻等),其使用量係相對於反應原料混合物,較佳為0.01~10重量%,特佳為0.1~5重量%。Further, in order to prevent polymerization in the reaction, it is preferred to use a polymerization inhibitor (for example, p-methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, methyl hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, third butyl). Catechol, phenothiphenyl And the amount thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10% by weight, particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the reaction raw material mixture.

於環氧樹脂(a)之環氧基中加成含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)的比例,通常為90~100莫耳%。由於環氧基之殘存對保存穩定性造成不良影響,故較佳為以含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)相對於1當量之環氧樹脂(a)的環氧基通常為0.8~1.5當量,尤其係0.9~1.1當量之比例進行反應。The proportion of the carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group in the epoxy group of the epoxy resin (a) is usually from 90 to 100 mol%. Since the residual of the epoxy group adversely affects the storage stability, it is preferred that the epoxy group containing the unsaturated group (b) is usually from 0.8 to 1.5 equivalents per equivalent of the epoxy group (a). In particular, the reaction is carried out at a ratio of 0.9 to 1.1 equivalents.

(4)多元酸及/或其酐(c) 作為於環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)之反應物的羥基上加成的多元酸及/或其酐(c),可使用公知者,可舉出:順丁烯二酸、丁二酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、 六氫酞酸、甲基內亞甲基四氫酞酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫酞酸、5-降烯-2,3-二甲酸、甲基-5-降烯-2,3-二甲酸等二元羧酸或其酐;偏苯三甲酸、均苯四甲酸、二苯基酮四甲酸、聯苯四甲酸等多元羧酸或其酐等。其中較佳地可舉出四氫酞酸酐或丁二酸酐。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。(4) a polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c) as a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof added to a hydroxyl group of a reactant of the epoxy resin (a) and a carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group (c) As the known one, maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, citric acid, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, hexahydrononanoic acid, methyl endomethylenetetrahydrofurfuric acid, chlorine can be used. Acid, methyltetrahydrofurfuric acid, 5-nor Aceene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, methyl-5-lower a dicarboxylic acid such as a olefin-2,3-dicarboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof; a polyvalent carboxylic acid such as trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, diphenylketonetetracarboxylic acid or biphenyltetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof. Among them, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or succinic anhydride is preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

多元酸及/或其酐(c)之加成率,係在於環氧樹脂(a)上加成含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)時所生成的羥基之通常10~100莫耳%,較佳20~100莫耳%,更佳30~100莫耳%。若該加成率過多,則顯影時之殘膜率降低;若過少,則溶解性不足,或與基板之密黏性不足。The addition ratio of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c) is usually 10 to 100 mol% of the hydroxyl group formed when the carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group is added to the epoxy resin (a). It is preferably 20 to 100% by mole, more preferably 30 to 100% by mole. If the addition ratio is too large, the residual film ratio at the time of development is lowered. If the addition ratio is too small, the solubility is insufficient or the adhesion to the substrate is insufficient.

作為於上述環氧樹脂(a)上加成含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)後,加成多元酸及/或其酐(c)之方法,可使用公知的方法。A known method can be employed as a method of adding a polyvalent acid and/or an anhydride (c) to the epoxy resin (a) after adding the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b).

又,於本發明中,由此加成多元酸及/或其酐(c)後,亦可於所生成之羧基的一部分中加成含有環氧基之化合物(d)。該情況時,為了提高光感度,而加成(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己酯或具有聚合性不飽和基之環氧丙基醚化合物等含有環氧基之不飽和化合物作為含有環氧基之化合物(d),又,為了提高顯影性,亦可加成不具有聚合性不飽和基之環氧丙基醚化合物,亦可併用該兩者。作為不具有聚合性不飽和基之環氧丙基醚化合物的具體例,有如:具有苯基或烷基之環氧丙基醚化合物(NAGASE化成工業(股)製造,商品名:DENACOL EX-111、DENACOL EX-121、DENACOL EX-141、DENACOL EX-145、DENACOL EX-146、DENACOL EX-171、DENACOL EX-192)等。Further, in the present invention, after the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c) is added thereto, the epoxy group-containing compound (d) may be added to a part of the generated carboxyl group. In this case, in order to increase the photosensitivity, a glycidyl (meth)acrylate, a 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group is added. An epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is used as the epoxy group-containing compound (d), and in order to improve developability, a glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group may be added, or the compound may be used in combination. Both. Specific examples of the epoxy propyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group include a epoxidized propyl ether compound having a phenyl group or an alkyl group (manufactured by NAGASE Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name: DENACOL EX-111) , DENACOL EX-121, DENACOL EX-141, DENACOL EX-145, DENACOL EX-146, DENACOL EX-171, DENACOL EX-192), etc.

本發明之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)亦可為在使上述環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)之反應物進一步與多元酸及/或其酐(c)反應而獲得之樹脂的羧基之一部分上,加成上述含有環氧基之化合物(d)而獲得之樹脂。The alkali-soluble resin (A) of the present invention may be obtained by further reacting the above-mentioned epoxy resin (a) with a reaction product of an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b) with a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof (c). A resin obtained by adding the above-mentioned epoxy group-containing compound (d) to a part of the carboxyl group of the resin.

(5)鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之物性等 於本發明中使用的鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為3300以上,較佳為3500以上,通常為50000以下,較佳為30000以下,更佳為10000以下。若該鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之重量平均分子量過小,則感度不良;若過大,則於顯影液中的溶解性不足,故而欠佳。(5) Physical properties of alkali-soluble resin (A), etc. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the alkali-soluble resin (A) used in the present invention is usually 3,300 or more, preferably 3,500 or more, usually 50,000 or less, preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is too small, the sensitivity is poor, and if it is too large, the solubility in the developer is insufficient, which is not preferable.

由此,本發明與習知之具有相同骨架的樹脂相比,藉由使用分子量較大之鹼可溶性樹脂(A),可顯著提高包含該鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之感光性著色樹脂組成物的感度。提高感度之機制的詳細情況並不明瞭,然而可根據下述進行推斷:(1)通常,事先(光聚合前)對藉由光聚合而將進行高分子量化之部分進行若干高分子量化,藉此實質性提高光聚合之效率;及(2)基本骨架為更加高分子量,故對顯影液之耐性變高等。Thus, in the present invention, the sensitivity of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the alkali-soluble resin (A) can be remarkably improved by using the alkali-soluble resin (A) having a relatively large molecular weight as compared with the conventional resin having the same skeleton. . The details of the mechanism for improving the sensitivity are not clear. However, it can be inferred from the following: (1) Usually, a part of the polymer which is subjected to high molecular weight by photopolymerization is quantitatively quantified in advance (before photopolymerization). This substantially increases the efficiency of photopolymerization; and (2) the basic skeleton is made of a higher molecular weight, so that the resistance to the developer becomes higher.

又,於本發明中使用之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)的酸值 (mgKOH/g)通常為10以上,較佳為50以上,通常為200以下,較佳為150以下。若鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之酸值過低,則無法獲得充分之溶解性;若酸值過高,則存在硬化性不足而導致塗佈膜之表面性惡化之傾向。Further, the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin (A) used in the present invention (mgKOH/g) is usually 10 or more, preferably 50 or more, usually 200 or less, preferably 150 or less. When the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is too low, sufficient solubility cannot be obtained, and if the acid value is too high, the curability is insufficient and the surface properties of the coating film tend to be deteriorated.

〈其他黏合劑樹脂(F)〉<Other binder resin (F)>

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,亦可將鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之一部分替換成其他黏合劑樹脂(F)。即,亦可併用鹼可溶性樹脂(A)與其他黏合劑樹脂。In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, one of the alkali-soluble resin (A) may be partially replaced with another binder resin (F). That is, the alkali-soluble resin (A) and other binder resins may be used in combination.

只要未損及本發明之性能,則可與鹼可溶性樹脂(A)併用之其他黏合劑樹脂(F)並無特別限制,自通常用於彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物中之樹脂中選擇即可。例如可舉出日本專利特開2007-271727號公報、日本專利特開2007-316620號公報、日本專利特開2007-334290號公報等中所記載之黏合劑樹脂等,特佳為以下中所述之鹼可溶性樹脂(A')、鹼可溶性樹脂(A")及鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")。The other binder resin (F) which can be used in combination with the alkali-soluble resin (A) is not particularly limited as long as the properties of the present invention are not impaired, and the resin is usually used in a photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter. You can choose it. For example, a binder resin or the like described in JP-A-2007-316620, JP-A-2007-316620, and JP-A-2007-334290, etc., is particularly preferable as described below. An alkali-soluble resin (A'), an alkali-soluble resin (A"), and an alkali-soluble resin (A1").

再者,其他黏合劑樹脂(F)均可單獨使用一種亦可組合兩種以上進行使用。Further, the other binder resins (F) may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

(1)鹼可溶性樹脂(A'):使下述通式(1-a')所表示之環氧化合物(a')與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯(b')的反應物,與多元酸及/或其酐(c')反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A')(1) alkali-soluble resin (A'): an epoxy compound (a') represented by the following formula (1-a') and a carboxyl group of an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or an ester moiety a reaction product of an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester (b'), an alkali-soluble resin (A') obtained by reacting a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof (c')

[化11] [11]

[上述通式(1-a')中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示烷基或鹵素原子。R33 及R34 分別獨立地表示伸烷基。x及y分別獨立地表示0以上的整數。]In the above formula (1-a'), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom. R 33 and R 34 each independently represent an alkylene group. x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more. ]

(1-1)通式(1-a')所表示之環氧化合物(a') 首先,就上述通式(1-a')所表示之環氧化合物(a')(以下有時稱作「(a')成分」)加以說明。(1-1) Epoxy compound (a') represented by the formula (1-a') First, the epoxy compound (a') represented by the above formula (1-a') (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(a') component)" will be described.

上述通式(1-a')中,作為R31 及R32 之烷基,較佳為碳數為1~10之烷基,作為鹵素原子,可舉出Cl、Br、F等。作為R31 及R32 ,特佳為分別獨立係碳數為1~5之烷基。In the above formula (1-a'), the alkyl group of R 31 and R 32 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples of the halogen atom include Cl, Br, and F. R 31 and R 32 are particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.

R31 及R32 之烷基、鹵素原子的作用機制詳細情況並不明瞭,推測為:對分子之三維構造帶來影響,從而控制了於顯影液之溶解容易性。The mechanism of action of the alkyl group and the halogen atom of R 31 and R 32 is not known in detail, and it is presumed that the three-dimensional structure of the molecule is affected, and the ease of dissolution of the developer is controlled.

因此,就上述觀點而言,上述通式(1-a')中之p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,較佳為1或2。Therefore, from the above viewpoints, p and q in the above formula (1-a') each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 1 or 2.

R31 及R32 於苯環上之鍵結位置並無特別限制,但對於 ,較佳為鄰位。The bonding position of R 31 and R 32 on the benzene ring is not particularly limited, but or Preferably, it is an ortho position.

再者,R31 及R32 可為相同之基亦可為不同之基,然而就製造上成本方面而言,較佳為相同之基。Further, R 31 and R 32 may be the same group or different bases, but in terms of manufacturing cost, they are preferably the same.

作為R33 及R34 之伸烷基,可舉出碳數為1~10之伸烷基,分別獨立係伸乙基或伸丙基時特佳。Examples of the alkylene group of R 33 and R 34 include an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10, and each of them is particularly preferably an ethyl group or a propyl group.

x及y分別獨立地表示0以上之整數,通常為0~6左右,較佳為0~3左右。一般而言,x及y越大則溶解性越高,但過大時,可能導致感度降低。x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more, and are usually about 0 to 6, preferably about 0 to 3. In general, the larger the x and y, the higher the solubility, but when it is too large, the sensitivity may be lowered.

再者,R33 及R34 可為相同之基亦可為不同之基,然而就製造上成本方面而言,較佳為相同之基。Further, R 33 and R 34 may be the same group or different bases, but in terms of manufacturing cost, the same basis is preferred.

該等(a')成分之分子量之利用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw),通常為200~200,000,較佳為300~100,000之範圍。若分子量未滿上述範圍,則於皮膜形成性出現問題之情況較多;相反地,超過上述範圍之樹脂時,後述之α,β-不飽和單羧酸等的加成反應時易於引起凝膠化,從而可能導致製造困難。The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the molecular weight of the (a') component is usually in the range of 200 to 200,000, preferably 300 to 100,000. When the molecular weight is less than the above range, there are many cases where the film formation property is problematic. Conversely, when the resin exceeds the above range, the addition reaction of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or the like described later tends to cause gelation. It may lead to manufacturing difficulties.

(1-2)α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯(b') α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯(b')(以下有時稱作「(b')成分」)中,作 為α,β-不飽和單羧酸可舉出伊康酸、丁烯酸、肉桂酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等,較佳為丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,特別是丙烯酸因富有反應性而較佳。(1-2) α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester (b') having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester (b′) having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b′) component”) Examples of the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid include itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc., preferably acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and particularly acrylic acid is preferred because of reactivity. .

作為於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,可舉出丙烯酸-2-琥珀醯氧基乙酯、丙烯酸-2-順丁烯二醯氧基乙酯、丙烯酸-2-酞醯氧基乙酯、丙烯酸-2-六氫酞醯氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-琥珀醯氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-順丁烯二醯氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-酞醯氧基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸-2-六氫酞醯氧基乙酯、丁烯酸-2-琥珀醯氧基乙酯等,較佳為丙烯酸-2-順丁烯二醯氧基乙酯及丙烯酸-2-酞醯氧基乙酯,特佳為丙烯酸-2-順丁烯二醯氧基乙酯。Examples of the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group in the ester moiety include 2-bromodecyloxyethyl acrylate, 2-butyleneoxyethyl acrylate, and acrylic acid-2- Ethyloxyethyl ester, 2-hexahydromethoxyethyl acrylate, 2-succinyloxyethyl methacrylate, 2-m-butyleneoxyethyl methacrylate, A 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 2-hexahydromethoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-pentenyloxyethyl butyrate, etc., preferably 2-cis butyl acrylate The enedimethoxyethyl ester and the 2-methoxyethyl acrylate are particularly preferably 2-butyleneoxyethyl acrylate.

(b')成分與上述(a')成分之加成反應可使用公知的方法。例如,可於酯化觸媒之存在下,於50~150℃之溫度下使(b')成分與(a)成分反應。作為此處所使用之酯化觸媒,可使用三乙基胺、三甲基胺、苄基二甲基胺、苄基二乙基胺等三級胺,四甲基氯化銨、四乙基氯化銨、十二烷基三甲基氯化銨等四級銨鹽等。A well-known method can be used for the addition reaction of the (b') component and the said (a') component. For example, the component (b') can be reacted with the component (a) at a temperature of 50 to 150 ° C in the presence of an esterification catalyst. As the esterification catalyst used herein, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine or benzyldiethylamine, tetramethylammonium chloride or tetraethyl can be used. A quaternary ammonium salt such as ammonium chloride or dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride.

再者,(a')成分、(b')成分及酯化觸媒均可單獨使用1種,亦可併用兩種以上。Further, the (a') component, the (b') component, and the esterification catalyst may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

(b')成分的使用量係相對於1當量之(a')成分之環氧基,較佳為0.5~1.2當量之範圍,更佳為0.7~1.1當量之範圍。The amount of the component (b') to be used is preferably from 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents, more preferably from 0.7 to 1.1 equivalents, per equivalent of the epoxy group of the (a') component.

若(b')成分之使用量少,則導致不飽和基的導入量不足,從而導致後續之與多元酸及/或其酐(c')的反應亦不充 分。又,殘存大量環氧基亦不利。另一方面,若該使用量多,則(b')成分作為未反應物而殘存下來。可認為任一情況時均存在導致硬化特性不良之傾向。If the amount of the (b') component is small, the amount of introduction of the unsaturated group is insufficient, and the subsequent reaction with the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c') is not sufficient. Minute. Also, it is disadvantageous that a large amount of epoxy groups remain. On the other hand, if the amount used is large, the component (b') remains as an unreacted product. It is considered that there is a tendency to cause deterioration in hardening characteristics in either case.

(1-3)多元酸及/或其酐(c') 作為於已加成(b')成分之(a')成分上進一步加成之多元酸及/或其酐(c')(以下有時稱作「(c')成分」),可舉出選自順丁烯二酸、丁二酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯基酮四甲酸、甲基六氫酞酸、內亞甲基四氫酞酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫酞酸、聯苯四甲酸及該等之酐等的一種或兩種以上。(1-3) Polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c') The polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c') which is further added to the (a') component of the (b') component (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(c') component)" may be mentioned. Selected from maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, citric acid, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, diphenylketonetetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrogen One or more of citric acid, endomethylenetetrahydrofurfuric acid, chloric acid, methyltetrahydrofurfuric acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, and the like.

較佳為順丁烯二酸、丁二酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四甲酸或該等之酐。特佳為四氫酞酸、聯苯四甲酸、四氫酞酸酐或聯苯四甲酸二酐。Preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, citric acid, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid or the anhydrides thereof. Particularly preferred is tetrahydrofurfuric acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride.

關於(c')成分之加成反應亦可使用公知的方法,與於(a')成分中加成(b')成分之反應相同的條件下,繼續進而反應而可獲得。The addition reaction of the component (c') can be carried out by using a known method and continuing the reaction under the same conditions as the reaction of the addition of the component (b') to the component (a').

(c')成分之加成量較佳為使所生成之鹼可溶性樹脂(A')的酸值成為10~150 mgKOH/g之範圍左右,更佳為使其成為20~140 mgKOH/g之範圍左右。若樹脂酸值未滿上述範圍則存在缺乏鹼性顯影性之傾向,又,若超過上述範圍則存在硬化性能不良之傾向。The addition amount of the component (c') is preferably such that the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin (A') formed is in the range of 10 to 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably 20 to 140 mgKOH/g. The range is around. If the acid value of the resin is less than the above range, the alkali developability tends to be insufficient, and if it exceeds the above range, the curing property tends to be poor.

再者,亦可於該(c')成分之加成反應時添加三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等多官能醇(d'),而導入多分 支構造。作為多元醇(d')例如可舉出與後述之作為多元醇(d")之例而舉出者相同的化合物。Further, when the (c') component is subjected to an addition reaction, a polyfunctional alcohol (d') such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol may be added to introduce a multi-point. Branch structure. The polyhydric alcohol (d') may, for example, be the same as those exemplified as the polyol (d") which will be described later.

鹼可溶性樹脂(A')之利用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1,000以上,較佳為1,500以上,通常為30,000以下,較佳為20,000以下,更佳為10,000以下,特佳為8,000以下。若重量平均分子量過大則有可能導致顯影性不良,相反若過小則有可能導致耐鹼性差。The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the alkali-soluble resin (A') is usually 1,000 or more, preferably 1,500 or more, and usually 30,000 or less, preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 8,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight is too large, the developability may be poor, and if it is too small, the alkali resistance may be poor.

(2)鹼可溶性樹脂(A"):使下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")之反應物與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A")及鹼可溶性樹脂(A1"):將下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")的反應物,與多元醇(d")混合,使該混合物與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A1") (2) alkali-soluble resin (A"): a reaction product of a epoxide compound (a") represented by the following formula (1-a") and a carboxylic acid (b") containing an unsaturated group, and a polybasic acid And an alkali-soluble resin (A") and an alkali-soluble resin (A1") obtained by reacting with the anhydride (c"): an epoxy compound (a" represented by the following formula (1-a") An alkali-soluble resin (A1" obtained by reacting a reaction product with an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b") with a polyol (d") to react the mixture with a polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") )

[上述通式(1-a")中,X表示下述通式(2a)、(2b)或(3)所表示之連結基。其中,分子構造中包含1個以上的金剛烷構造。1表示2或3之整數。In the above formula (1-a"), X represents a linking group represented by the following formula (2a), (2b) or (3), wherein one or more adamantane structures are contained in the molecular structure. Represents an integer of 2 or 3.

[化15] [化15]

(上述通式(2a)及(2b)中,R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。(In the above formulae (2a) and (2b), R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 1~ An alkyl group of 12 or a phenyl group which may have a substituent.

上述通式(3)中,R5 ~R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。Y表示可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結基。In the above formula (3), R 5 to R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Y represents a divalent linking group containing an adamantane structure which may have a substituent.

上述通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中,*表示與通式(1-a")中之環氧丙氧基的鍵結部位。)]In the above formulae (2a), (2b) and (3), * represents a bonding site with a glycidoxy group in the formula (1-a").

(2-1)通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a") 首先,就上述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")(以下有時稱作「(a")成分」)中之基X加以說明。(2-1) Epoxy compound (a") represented by the formula (1-a") First, the base X in the epoxy compound (a") (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(a") component)" represented by the above formula (1-a") will be described.

上述基X為上述通式(2a)或(2b)所表示之構造時,較佳為上述通式(2a)及(2b)均具有2個以上且4個以下之金剛烷構造。若金剛烷構造為1個,則存在耐顯影液性降低,析像力不良之傾向。When the base X is a structure represented by the above formula (2a) or (2b), it is preferred that the above formulas (2a) and (2b) have two or more and four or less adamantane structures. When the adamantane structure is one, the development liquid resistance is lowered, and the resolution is likely to be poor.

上述基X為上述通式(3)所表示之構造時,上述通式(3) 中之Y若為「可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結基」,則除此以外並無特別限制,例如較佳為下述通式(4)或(5)所表示之連結基。When the above-mentioned group X is a structure represented by the above formula (3), the above formula (3) Y is not particularly limited as long as it is a "two-valent linking group containing adamantane structure which may have a substituent, and is preferably represented by the following general formula (4) or (5). Linkage base.

[上述通式(4)及(5)均可具有取代基。*表示與上述通式(3)中之苯環的鍵結部位。][The above formulae (4) and (5) may each have a substituent. * indicates a bonding site to the benzene ring in the above formula (3). ]

特佳為上述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")以下述通式(6)或(7)表示。The epoxy compound (a") represented by the above formula (1-a") is particularly preferably represented by the following formula (6) or (7).

[通式(6)、(7)所表示之金剛烷基可具有取代基。The adamantyl group represented by the general formulae (6) and (7) may have a substituent.

通式(6)中,R16 ~R23 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或可具有取代基之苯基。In the formula (6), R 16 to R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent.

通式(7)中,R24 及R25 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基或 可具有取代基之苯基。]In the formula (7), R 24 and R 25 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a phenyl group which may have a substituent . ]

作為上述通式(2a)、(2b)、(3)、(6)及(7)中之R1 ~R25 之碳數為1~12之烷基,可較佳地舉出碳數為1~10之烷基。As the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms of R 1 to R 25 in the above formulae (2a), (2b), (3), (6) and (7), the carbon number is preferably 1 to 10 alkyl groups.

又,作為該等烷基可具有之取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、碳數為1~10之烷氧基、碳數為2~10之烯基、苯基、羧基、硫基、膦基、胺基及硝基等。In addition, examples of the substituent which the alkyl group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, and a thio group. Phosphine group, amine group and nitro group.

又,作為上述通式(2a)、(2b)、(3)、(6)、(7)中之R1 ~R25 的苯基可具有之取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、碳數為1~10之烷氧基、碳數為2~10之烯基、苯基、羧基、磺醯基、膦基、胺基及硝基等。In addition, examples of the substituent which the phenyl group of R 1 to R 25 in the above general formulae (2a), (2b), (3), (6), and (7) may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a carbon. The number is an alkoxy group of 1 to 10, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonyl group, a phosphino group, an amine group, and a nitro group.

又,作為上述通式(2a)及(2b)中之R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 的金剛烷基,通式(3)之Y所包含之金剛烷環,通式(6)中之金剛烷環,通式(7)中之金剛烷基,通式(7)中之R24 、R25 的金剛烷基及通式(4)及(5)之金剛烷環可具有之取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、碳數為1~10之烷氧基、碳數為2~10之烯基、苯基、羧基、磺醯基、膦基、胺基、及硝基等。Further, as the adamantyl group of R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 in the above formulas (2a) and (2b), the adamantane ring contained in Y of the formula (3), the formula (6) The adamantane ring, the adamantyl group in the formula (7), the adamantyl group of R 24 and R 25 in the formula (7), and the adamantane ring of the formulae (4) and (5) may have Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonyl group, a phosphino group, an amine group, and a nitro group. Wait.

上述通式(6)中,R16 ~R23 特佳為烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、烯基或苯基。In the above formula (6), R 16 to R 23 are particularly preferably an alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group or a phenyl group.

又,上述通式(7)中,R24 及R25 特佳為烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、烯基或苯基。Further, in the above formula (7), R 24 and R 25 are particularly preferably an alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkenyl group or a phenyl group.

通式(1-a")中所示之X的分子量較佳為200以上且1000以下。若X的分子量未滿200則存在耐藥品性不良之傾 向,若超過1000則可能會導致低感度。The molecular weight of X represented by the formula (1-a") is preferably 200 or more and 1,000 or less. If the molecular weight of X is less than 200, the chemical resistance is poor. If it exceeds 1000, it may cause low sensitivity.

又,通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")的環氧當量較佳為210以上,更佳為230以上。又,該環氧當量較佳為450以下,更佳為400以下。若環氧化合物(a")之環氧當量未滿210,則存在耐鹼性變得不充分之情況,若超過450,則存在所生成之有機黏合劑的感度降低之傾向。Further, the epoxy compound (a") represented by the formula (1-a") preferably has an epoxy equivalent of 210 or more, more preferably 230 or more. Further, the epoxy equivalent is preferably 450 or less, more preferably 400 or less. When the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (a") is less than 210, the alkali resistance may be insufficient, and if it exceeds 450, the sensitivity of the produced organic binder tends to decrease.

環氧化合物(a")可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上進行使用。The epoxy compound (a") may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

環氧化合物(a")亦可使用市售者,亦可藉由公知方法由下述之酚化合物進行合成而使用。The epoxy compound (a") can also be used commercially, or can be synthesized by a known method from the following phenol compounds.

[上述通式(9a)、(9b)及(10)中之R1 ~R15 分別係與通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中者同義。][R 1 to R 15 in the above formulae (9a), (9b) and (10) are synonymous with the formulae (2a), (2b) and (3), respectively. ]

例如,於通式(9a)或(9b)所表示之化合物與過剩之表氯醇、表溴醇等表鹵醇之溶解混合物中,事先添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,或一邊添加、一邊於 20~120℃之溫度使其反應1~10小時,藉此可獲得通式(1-a")中之X為上述通式(2a)或(2b)所表示之連結基的環氧化合物(a")。For example, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is added in advance to a dissolved mixture of a compound represented by the formula (9a) or (9b) and an excess of epihalohydrin such as epichlorohydrin or epibromohydrin. Or add one side, one side The reaction is carried out at a temperature of from 20 to 120 ° C for 1 to 10 hours, whereby an epoxy compound in which the X in the formula (1-a") is a linking group represented by the above formula (2a) or (2b) can be obtained ( a").

又,於通式(10)所表示之化合物與過剩之表氯醇、表溴醇等表鹵醇之溶解混合物中,事先添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,或一邊添加、一邊於20~120℃之溫度使其反應1~10小時,藉此可獲得通式(1-a")中之X為上述通式(3)所表示者的環氧化合物(a")。Further, in the dissolved mixture of the compound represented by the formula (10) and the excess of the epihalohydrin such as epichlorohydrin or epibromohydrin, an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide is added in advance or added thereto. And reacting at a temperature of 20 to 120 ° C for 1 to 10 hours, whereby an epoxy compound (a") in which X in the formula (1-a") is represented by the above formula (3) can be obtained. .

於獲得該環氧化合物(a")之反應中,作為鹼金屬氫氧化物,亦可使用其水溶液。該情況時亦可為下述方法:連續地於反應系統內添加該鹼金屬氫氧化物之水溶液,並且於減壓下或常壓下連續地使水及表鹵醇餾出,進而實施分液,將水去除,使表鹵醇連續地返回至反應系統內。In the reaction for obtaining the epoxy compound (a"), an aqueous solution may be used as the alkali metal hydroxide. In this case, the following method may be employed: continuously adding the alkali metal hydroxide to the reaction system. The aqueous solution is continuously distilled off under reduced pressure or under normal pressure to remove water and epihalohydrin, and further liquid separation is carried out to remove the epihalohydrin continuously into the reaction system.

又,亦可藉由下述方法製造通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a"):於上述通式(9a)、(9b)或(10)所表示之化合物與表鹵醇之溶解混合物中添加四甲基氯化銨、四甲基溴化銨、三甲基苄基氯化銨等四級銨鹽作為觸媒,於50~150℃下使其反應1~5小時,於由此所獲得之通式(9a)、(9b)或(10)所表示之化合物的鹵醇醚化物中添加鹼金屬氫氧化物之固體或水溶液,再次於20~120℃之溫度使其反應1~10小時後,使其進行脫鹵化氫(閉環)。Further, the epoxy compound (a") represented by the formula (1-a") can be produced by the following method: a compound and a table represented by the above formula (9a), (9b) or (10) A tetrabasic ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium bromide or trimethylbenzylammonium chloride is added as a catalyst to the dissolved mixture of the halogen alcohol, and the reaction is carried out at 50 to 150 ° C for 1 to 5 Adding a solid or aqueous solution of an alkali metal hydroxide to the haloalcohol etherate of the compound represented by the formula (9a), (9b) or (10) thus obtained, again at a temperature of 20 to 120 ° C After reacting for 1 to 10 hours, it is subjected to dehydrohalogenation (closed loop).

用於上述反應中的表鹵醇量,於相對於1當量之通式(9a)、(9b)或(10)所表示之化合物的羥基,通常為1~20莫耳,較佳為2~10莫耳。又,鹼金屬氫氧化物之使用量, 係相對於1當量之通式(9a)、(9b)或(10)所表示之化合物的羥基,通常為0.8~15莫耳,較佳為0.9~11莫耳。The amount of the epihalohydrin used in the above reaction is usually from 1 to 20 mol, preferably from 2 to 2, based on 1 equivalent of the hydroxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (9a), (9b) or (10). 10 moles. Also, the amount of alkali metal hydroxide used, The hydroxyl group of the compound represented by the formula (9a), (9b) or (10) is usually from 0.8 to 15 mol, preferably from 0.9 to 11 mol, based on 1 equivalent.

於上述反應中,為了順利地進行反應,除了添加甲醇、乙醇等醇類以外,亦可添加二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等而進行反應。使用醇類時,其使用量係相對於表鹵醇之量為2~20重量%,較佳為4~15重量%。又,使用非質子性極性溶劑時,其使用量係相對於表鹵醇之量為5~100重量%,較佳為10~90重量%。In the above reaction, in order to carry out the reaction, an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol may be added, and an aprotic polar solvent such as dimethylhydrazine or dimethylhydrazine may be added to carry out the reaction. When an alcohol is used, it is used in an amount of 2 to 20% by weight, preferably 4 to 15% by weight based on the amount of the epihalohydrin. Further, when an aprotic polar solvent is used, the amount thereof is from 5 to 100% by weight, preferably from 10 to 90% by weight, based on the amount of the epihalohydrin.

(2-2)含有不飽和基之羧酸(b") 作為含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")(以下有時稱作「(b")成分」),可舉出具有乙烯性不飽和基之不飽和羧酸,作為具體例可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸,丁烯酸,鄰乙烯基苯甲酸,間乙烯基苯甲酸,對乙烯基苯甲酸,肉桂酸,α-位經鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、硝基或氰基所取代之(甲基)丙烯酸等單羧酸;丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、己二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、六氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、己二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、四氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、丁二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、己二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、氫酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、酞酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯、順丁烯二酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁酯等二元 酸之(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯;於(甲基)丙烯酸上加成ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、δ-戊內酯等內酯類而成之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸二聚物等。(2-2) Carboxylic acid containing unsaturated group (b") The carboxylic acid (b") (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b") component)) containing an unsaturated group may, for example, be an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof may be mentioned. Acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-vinylbenzoic acid, m-vinylbenzoic acid, p-vinylbenzoic acid, cinnamic acid, α-position via haloalkyl, alkoxy, halogen atom, nitro group or cyano group Substituted monocarboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid; 2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl succinate; 2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl adipate; 2-(A) Base) propylene methoxyethyl ester, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl hexahydrophthalate, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl maleate, 2- succinic acid Methyl) propylene methoxy propyl ester, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl adipate, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl tetrahydro phthalate, 2-(methyl phthalate) ) propylene methoxy propyl ester, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxy propyl maleate, 2-(methyl) propylene butyl butyl succinate, 2- (methyl) adipic acid ) propylene oxy butyl acrylate, 2-(methyl) propylene decyl hydride, 2-(methyl) propyl phthalate Binary butyl butyl acrylate, 2-(methyl) propylene butyl butyl acrylate Acid (meth) propylene oxime alkyl ester; addition of (meth)acrylic acid to lactones such as ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, and δ-valerolactone a monomer; a (meth)acrylic acid dimer.

又,亦可舉出:於季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯之丙烯酸加成物、甲基丙烯酸環氧丙酯之甲基丙烯酸加成物等含有羥基的不飽和化合物中加成丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、酞酸酐等酸酐而成之化合物。Further, an acrylic acid adduct of pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane diacrylate, and glycidyl methacrylate may be mentioned. A compound obtained by adding an acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or decanoic anhydride to an unsaturated compound containing a hydroxyl group such as a methacrylic acid addition product of glycidyl acrylate.

特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。Particularly preferred is (meth)acrylic acid.

該等可單獨使用一種,亦可混合兩種以上進行使用。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為使(a")成分中之環氧基與(b")成分進行反應的方法可使用公知的方法。例如,將三乙基胺、苄基甲基胺等三級胺,十二烷基三甲基氯化銨、四甲基氯化銨、四乙基氯化銨、苄基三乙基氯化銨等四級銨鹽,吡啶,三苯基膦等作為觸媒,於有機溶劑中,於反應溫度為50~150℃使上述(a")成分與(b")成分反應數小時~數十小時,藉此可於環氧化合物加成羧酸。A known method can be used as a method of reacting the epoxy group in the component (a") with the component (b"). For example, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylmethylamine, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, or benzyltriethyl chloride a quaternary ammonium salt such as ammonium, pyridine, triphenylphosphine or the like as a catalyst, and reacting the above (a") component with the (b") component in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C for several hours to several tens In an hour, it is possible to add a carboxylic acid to the epoxy compound.

該觸媒之使用量,係相對於反應原料混合物((a")成分與(b")成分之合計)較佳為0.01~10重量%,特佳為0.3~5重量%。又,為了防止反應中之聚合,較佳為使用聚合抑制劑(例如對甲氧基苯酚、對苯二酚、甲基對苯二酚、對甲氧基酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、酚噻等),其使用量係相對於反應原料混合物較佳為0.01~1.0重 量%,特佳為0.03~5重量%。The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.01 to 10% by weight, particularly preferably 0.3 to 5% by weight, based on the total amount of the reaction raw material mixture ((a") component and (b") component). Further, in order to prevent polymerization in the reaction, it is preferred to use a polymerization inhibitor (for example, p-methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, methyl hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, pyrogallol, third butyl). Catechol, phenothiphenyl And the amount thereof is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by weight, particularly preferably 0.03 to 5% by weight, based on the reaction raw material mixture.

於(a")成分之環氧基上加成(b")成分的比例通常為90~100莫耳%。由於有環氧基之殘存對保存穩定性造成不良影響之傾向,故較佳的是(b")成分通常以相對於1當量之(a")成分之環氧基為0.8~1.5當量、尤其是0.9~1.1當量之比例進行反應。The ratio of the (b") component to the epoxy group of the (a") component is usually from 90 to 100 mol%. Since the residual of the epoxy group tends to adversely affect the storage stability, it is preferred that the (b") component is usually 0.8 to 1.5 equivalents per 100 equivalents of the epoxy group of the (a") component. The reaction is carried out at a ratio of 0.9 to 1.1 equivalents.

(2-3)多元酸及/或其酐(c") 作為多元酸及/或其酐(c")(以下有時稱作「(c")成分」或「多元酸(酐)」),可使用二元酸及/或其酐(以下稱作「二元酸(酐)」)、三元酸及/或其酐(以下稱作「三元酸(酐)」)、四元酸及/或其酐(以下稱作「四元酸(酐)」)等。(2-3) Polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") As the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(c") component" or "polybasic acid (anhydride)"), a dibasic acid and/or its anhydride (hereinafter referred to as " Dibasic acid (anhydride)", tribasic acid and/or its anhydride (hereinafter referred to as "tribasic acid (anhydride)"), tetrabasic acid and/or its anhydride (hereinafter referred to as "quaternary acid (anhydride)" ")Wait.

作為四元酸(酐)(四羧酸及/或其二酐)可使用公知者,例如可舉出均苯四甲酸、二苯基酮四甲酸、聯苯四甲酸、二苯醚四甲酸等四羧酸或該等之二酐等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上進行使用。As a tetrabasic acid (anhydride) (tetracarboxylic acid and/or its dianhydride), a known one can be used, and examples thereof include pyromellitic acid, diphenylketonetetracarboxylic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic acid, and the like. Tetracarboxylic acid or such dianhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為四元酸(酐),上述例示化合物中特佳為聯苯四甲酸或其酐。As the tetrabasic acid (anhydride), among the above-exemplified compounds, particularly preferred is biphenyltetracarboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof.

使(a")成分與(b")成分之反應物與作為(c")成分之四元酸(酐)反應,藉此以交聯反應增大分子量。因此,具有提高與基板之密黏性、調節溶解性、提高感度或耐鹼性等效果,從而較佳。Reacting the reactant of the (a") component and the (b") component with the tetrabasic acid (anhydride) as the component (c"), whereby the molecular weight is increased by the crosslinking reaction. Therefore, the adhesion to the substrate is improved. It is preferable to have an effect of adjusting solubility, improving sensitivity or alkali resistance.

作為二元酸(酐)(二羧酸及/或其酐),例如可舉出:順丁烯二酸、丁二酸、伊康酸、酞酸、四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、 甲基內亞甲基四氫酞酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫酞酸或該等之酐等。其中較佳為四氫酞酸、丁二酸或該等之酐。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上進行使用。Examples of the dibasic acid (anhydride) (dicarboxylic acid and/or an anhydride thereof) include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, citric acid, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, and hexahydroabietic acid. Methyl endomethylenetetrahydrofurfuric acid, chloric acid, methyltetrahydrofurfuric acid or the like. Among them, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, succinic acid or the like are preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

使(a")成分與(b")成分之反應物與作為(c")成分之二元酸(酐)反應,藉此使溶解性之調節變容易,且提高與基板之密黏性,故較佳。Reacting the reactant of the (a") component and the (b") component with the dibasic acid (anhydride) as the component (c"), thereby facilitating the adjustment of the solubility and improving the adhesion to the substrate. Therefore, it is better.

作為三元酸(酐)(三羧酸及/或其酐),可舉出偏苯三甲酸、六氫偏苯三甲酸或該等之酐等。特佳為偏苯三甲酸酐、六氫偏苯三甲酸酐。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上進行使用。Examples of the tribasic acid (anhydride) (tricarboxylic acid and/or an anhydride thereof) include trimellitic acid, hexahydrotrimellitic acid, and the like. Particularly preferred are trimellitic anhydride and hexahydrotrimellitic anhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

藉由使用三元酸(酐)作為(c")成分,可增大鹼可溶性樹脂(A")之分子量,可於分子中導入分支,可獲得分子量與黏度之平衡。又,可增加分子中的酸基的導入量,可獲得具有感度、密黏性等之平衡的樹脂。By using a tribasic acid (anhydride) as the (c") component, the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin (A") can be increased, and a branch can be introduced into the molecule to obtain a balance between molecular weight and viscosity. Further, the amount of introduction of the acid group in the molecule can be increased, and a resin having a balance of sensitivity, adhesion, and the like can be obtained.

特佳係使用四元酸(酐)作為(c")成分。該情況時,四元酸(酐)之加成率,係相對於在(a")成分中加成(b")成分時所生成之羥基,通常為10~100莫耳%,較佳為20~100莫耳%,更佳為30~100莫耳%。若(c")成分即四元酸(酐)之加成率過少,則存在鹼可溶性樹脂(A")之溶解性不足或與基板之密黏性不足之情況。It is particularly preferable to use a tetrabasic acid (anhydride) as the (c") component. In this case, the addition ratio of the tetrabasic acid (anhydride) is based on the addition of the (b") component to the (a") component. The hydroxyl group formed is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol%. If the (c") component is a tetrabasic acid (anhydride) addition If the ratio is too small, the solubility of the alkali-soluble resin (A") may be insufficient or the adhesion to the substrate may be insufficient.

再者,就感光性著色樹脂組成物之黏度調節及溶解性調節方面而言,較佳為將上述四元酸(酐)之一部分替換成為二元酸(酐)。Further, in terms of viscosity adjustment and solubility adjustment of the photosensitive colored resin composition, it is preferred to replace one of the above tetrabasic acids (anhydrides) with a dibasic acid (anhydride).

併用四元酸(酐)與二元酸(酐)作為(c")成分時,其莫耳 比較佳為二元酸(酐):四元酸(酐)=99:1~20:80,更佳為80:20~30:70。四元酸(酐)過於少於該範圍時,有可能降低所獲得之塗膜的膜物性,二元酸(酐)過少時,存在所獲得之樹脂溶液的黏度增大,從而難以使用之情況。When a tetrabasic acid (anhydride) and a dibasic acid (anhydride) are used as the (c") component, Preferably, the dibasic acid (anhydride): tetrabasic acid (anhydride) = 99:1 to 20:80, more preferably 80:20 to 30:70. When the tetrabasic acid (anhydride) is too small in this range, the film properties of the obtained coating film may be lowered, and when the dibasic acid (anhydride) is too small, the viscosity of the obtained resin solution may increase, making it difficult to use. .

又,除了提高與基板之密黏性、容易調節溶解性、提高感度及耐鹼性等效果以外,為了獲得分子量與黏度、感度、密黏性等之各種平衡,較佳為併用四元酸(酐)及/或二元酸(酐)與三元酸(酐)。Further, in addition to the effect of improving adhesion to the substrate, easy adjustment of solubility, improvement in sensitivity and alkali resistance, in order to obtain various balances of molecular weight, viscosity, sensitivity, adhesion, and the like, it is preferred to use tetrabasic acid in combination ( Anhydride) and/or a dibasic acid (anhydride) and a tribasic acid (anhydride).

併用四元酸(酐)及/或二元酸(酐)與三元酸(酐)作為(c")成分時,若三元酸(酐)之使用量過少則存在效果欠佳,耐鹼性降低之可能性,故而三元酸(酐)之使用量,係相對於在(a")成分中加成(b")成分時所生成之羥基,通常為5~70莫耳%,較佳為10~40莫耳%左右。When a tetrabasic acid (anhydride) and/or a dibasic acid (anhydride) and a tribasic acid (anhydride) are used as the (c") component, if the amount of the tribasic acid (anhydride) used is too small, the effect is poor, and the alkali is resistant. The possibility of reducing the property, so the amount of the tribasic acid (anhydride) used is usually from 5 to 70 mol% relative to the hydroxyl group formed when the (b") component is added to the (a") component. Good is about 10~40%.

(c")成分之加成率的合計,係相對於在(a")成分中加成(b")成分時所生成之羥基,通常為10~100莫耳%,較佳為20~100莫耳%,更佳為30~100莫耳%。若(c")成分之加成率過少,則存在鹼可溶性樹脂(A")之溶解性不足、或與基板之密黏性不足之情況。The total of the addition ratio of the component (c") is usually 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 100, based on the hydroxyl group formed when the component (b") is added to the component (a"). More than or equal to 30% to 100% by mole. If the addition ratio of the (c") component is too small, the solubility of the alkali-soluble resin (A") may be insufficient or the adhesion to the substrate may be insufficient. .

再者,(c")成分除了可與於(a")成分中加成(b")成分時所生成之羥基進行反應以外,亦可與於(a")成分中加成(b")成分,於其中混合後述之多元醇(d")時而存在於該混合物中的任意羥基進行反應。Further, the (c") component may be reacted with the hydroxyl group formed when the (b") component is added to the (a") component, or may be added to the (a") component (b"). The component is reacted with any of the hydroxyl groups present in the mixture in which the polyol (d" described later is mixed.

作為於(a")成分中加成(b")成分後、或向其中混合後述 之多元醇(d")後再加成(c")成分之方法,可使用公知方法。After adding (b") component to (a") component, or mixing it A well-known method can be used for the method of adding a (c") component after the polyol (d").

其反應溫度通常為80~130℃,較佳為90~125℃。若反應溫度超過130℃,則存在(b")成分中之不飽和基的一部分發生聚合,導致分子量急遽增大之可能性。又,若未滿80℃,則存在無法順利進行反應,殘存(c")成分之可能性。The reaction temperature is usually 80 to 130 ° C, preferably 90 to 125 ° C. When the reaction temperature exceeds 130 ° C, a part of the unsaturated group in the component (b") is polymerized, which may increase the molecular weight. If the temperature is less than 80 ° C, the reaction may not proceed smoothly and remain ( The possibility of c") ingredients.

(2-4)多元醇(d") 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,與鹼可溶性樹脂(A)併用的其他黏合劑樹脂(F)亦可為藉由下述方式所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A1"):在於上述(a")成分中加成(b")成分而成之反應物中進一步混合多元醇(d")(以下有時稱作「(d")成分」),使上述(c")成分與存在於該等混合物中之任意羥基進行加成反應。(2-4) Polyol (d") In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the other binder resin (F) used in combination with the alkali-soluble resin (A) may be an alkali-soluble resin (A1" obtained by the following method: in the above (a) Further, a polyol (d") (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(d") component)) is added to the reactant obtained by adding the component (b") to the component, and the component (c") is present in the reactant. Any of the hydroxyl groups in the mixture is subjected to an addition reaction.

作為(d")成分,例如較佳為選自三羥甲基丙烷、二(三羥甲基丙烷)、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三羥甲基乙烷、1,2,3-丙三醇的一種或兩種以上之多元醇。As the component (d"), for example, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of trimethylolpropane, bis(trimethylolpropane), pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, trimethylolethane, and 1,2,3-propanetriol. One or two or more kinds of polyols.

藉由使用(d")成分,可使鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")之分子量增大,可於分子中導入分支,可獲得分子量與黏度之平衡。又,可增加分子中之酸基的導入率,可獲得具有感度及密黏性等之平衡的有機黏合劑。By using the (d" component, the molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin (A1") can be increased, and branching can be introduced into the molecule to obtain a balance between molecular weight and viscosity. Further, the introduction rate of the acid group in the molecule can be increased, and an organic binder having a balance of sensitivity and adhesion can be obtained.

若(d")成分之使用量過少則效果欠佳,若過多則可能導致增黏或凝膠化,故而相對於(a")成分與(b")成分之反應物,通常為0.01~0.5重量份左右,較佳為0.02~0.2重 量份左右。If the amount of the (d") component is too small, the effect is unsatisfactory. If too large, the viscosity may be increased or gelled. Therefore, the reactant of the (a") component and the (b") component is usually 0.01 to 0.5. The weight is about 0.02 to 0.2, preferably about 0.02 to 0.2. The amount is about.

(2-5)鹼可溶性樹脂(A")及(A1")之酸值與分子量 由此所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A")及(A1")的酸值通常為10 mgKOH/g以上,較佳為50 mgKOH/g以上。若酸值未滿10 mgKOH/g,則存在顯影性不足之情況。又,若酸值過高則感光性著色樹脂組成物之耐鹼性存在問題(即,藉由鹼性顯影液而出現圖案表面之粗面化或膜減少),故而酸值較佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為150 mgKOH/g以下。(2-5) Acid value and molecular weight of alkali-soluble resin (A") and (A1") The acid value of the alkali-soluble resins (A") and (A1") thus obtained is usually 10 mgKOH/g or more, preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value is less than 10 mgKOH/g, the developability may be insufficient. Further, if the acid value is too high, there is a problem in the alkali resistance of the photosensitive colored resin composition (that is, the roughening of the surface of the pattern or the film is reduced by the alkaline developing solution), so the acid value is preferably 200 mgKOH. Below /g, it is more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less.

鹼可溶性樹脂(A")及(A1")之利用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,500以上,更佳為2,000以上。又,較佳為20,000以下,更佳為10,000以下。若重量平均分子量過小,則存在於感度或塗膜強度、耐鹼性出現問題之可能性,若過大,則顯影性或再溶解性出現問題。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of the alkali-soluble resins (A") and (A1") is preferably 1,500 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more. Further, it is preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 10,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight is too small, there is a possibility that the sensitivity, the coating film strength, and the alkali resistance may occur, and if it is too large, there is a problem in developability or resolubility.

〈光聚合起始劑(B)〉<Photopolymerization initiator (B)>

光聚合起始劑(B)通常可作成與加速劑及視需要所添加之增感色素等加成劑之混合物(光聚合起始劑系)而使用。光聚合起始劑系係具有直接吸收光、或進行光增感而引起分解反應或去氫反應,從而產生聚合活性自由基之功能的成分。The photopolymerization initiator (B) can be usually used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiator) with an accelerator and an additive such as a sensitizing dye added as needed. The photopolymerization initiator system has a function of directly absorbing light or performing photo-sensitization to cause a decomposition reaction or a dehydrogenation reaction, thereby generating a function of polymerizing active radicals.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可舉出:日本專利特開昭59-152396號公報、特開昭61-151197號各公報中所記載之包含二茂鈦化合物之二茂金屬化合物;日本專利特開2000-56118號公報中所記載之六芳基二咪唑衍生物;日 本專利特開平10-39503號公報中所記載之鹵甲基化二唑衍生物、鹵甲基均三衍生物、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類,N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑,α-胺基烷基苯酮衍生物;日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、特開2006-36750號公報等中所記載之肟酯衍生物等。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a metallocene compound containing a titanocene compound described in each of JP-A-59-152396, and JP-A-61-151197; The hexaaryldiimidazole derivative described in JP-A-2000-56118, and the halomethylation described in JP-A-10-39503 Diazole derivatives, halomethyl groups N-aryl-α-amino acids such as derivatives and N-phenylglycine, free radicals such as N-aryl-α-amino acid salts and N-aryl-α-amino acid esters The active agent, the α-aminoalkyl phenone derivative, and the oxime ester derivative described in JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2006-36750, and the like.

具體而言,例如作為二茂鈦衍生物類,可舉出二環戊二烯基二氯化鈦、二環戊二烯基雙苯基鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基雙(2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基二(2,4-二氟苯-1-基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基)鈦、二(甲基環戊二烯基)雙(2,6-二氟苯-1-基)鈦、二環戊二烯基[2,6-二氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)-苯-1-基]鈦等。Specifically, for example, as the titanocene derivative, dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl bisphenyl titanium, and dicyclopentadienyl bis (2, 3, 4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienyl bis ( 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienylbis(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienyldi(2,4- Difluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadienyl)bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, bis(methylcyclopentadiene) Bis(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl)titanium, dicyclopentadienyl[2,6-difluoro-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-phenyl-1-yl]titanium, etc. .

又,作為聯咪唑衍生物類,可舉出2-(2’-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-氯苯基)-4,5-雙(3’-甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2’-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、(4’-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物等。Further, examples of the biimidazole derivative include 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-. Bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl A-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, and the like.

又,作為鹵甲基化二唑衍生物類,可舉出2-三氯甲基-5-(2’-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2’-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2’-(6”-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-二 唑、2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-二唑等。Halomethylation Examples of the oxadiazole derivatives include 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuranyl)-1,3,4- Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuranyl)vinyl]-1,3,4- Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6"-benzofuranyl)vinyl)]-1,3,4- Diazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-furanyl-1,3,4- Diazole and the like.

又,作為鹵甲基均三衍生物類,可舉出2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三、2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三等。Also, as a halomethyl group Examples of derivatives include 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-all , 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) are all three , 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) are all three , 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) are all three Wait.

又,作為α-胺基烷基苯酮衍生物類,可舉出2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲基胺基乙基苯甲酸酯、4-二甲基胺基異戊基苯甲酸酯、4-二乙基胺基苯乙酮、4-二甲基胺基苯丙酮、2-乙基己基-1,4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯、2,5-雙(4-二乙基胺基亞苄基)環己酮、7-二乙基胺基-3-(4-二乙基胺基苯甲醯基)香豆素、4-(二乙基胺基)查爾酮等。Further, examples of the α-aminoalkylphenone derivatives include 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2- Lolinylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- Polinylphenyl)-butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4- Polinylphenyl)butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamyl benzoate, 4-diethylaminophenyl benzene Ketone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzylidene) ring Hexanone, 7-diethylamino-3-(4-diethylaminobenzimidyl)coumarin, 4-(diethylamino)chalcone and the like.

又,作為肟酯衍生物類,例如可舉出以下化合物等。Further, examples of the oxime ester derivative include the following compounds.

[化19] [Chemistry 19]

除此以外亦可舉出:安息香甲基醚、安息香苯基醚、安息香異丁基醚、安息香異丙基醚等安息香烷基醚類;2-甲基蒽醌、2-乙基蒽醌、2-第三丁基蒽醌、1-氯蒽醌等蒽醌衍生物類;二苯基酮、米其勒酮、2-甲基二苯基酮、3-甲基二苯基酮、4-甲基二苯基酮、2-氯二苯基酮、4-溴二苯基酮、2-羧基二苯基酮等二苯基酮衍生物類;2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、α-羥基-2-甲基苯基丙酮、1-羥基-1-甲基乙基-(對異丙基苯基)酮、1-羥基-1-(對十二烷基苯基)酮、2-甲基-(4’-甲硫基苯基)-2-啉基-1-丙酮、1,1,1-三氯甲基-(對丁基苯基)酮等苯乙酮衍生物類;噻噸酮、2-乙基噻噸酮、2-異丙基噻噸酮、2-氯噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2,4-二異丙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮 衍生物類;對二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、對二乙基胺基苯甲酸乙酯等苯甲酸酯衍生物類;9-苯基吖啶、9-(對甲氧基苯基)吖啶等吖啶衍生物類;9,10-二甲基苯并吩等吩衍生物類;苯并蒽酮等蒽酮衍生物類等。In addition, benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether; 2-methyl hydrazine, 2-ethyl hydrazine, 2-anthracene derivatives such as tert-butyl fluorene and 1-chloroindole; diphenyl ketone, micbutone, 2-methyl diphenyl ketone, 3-methyl diphenyl ketone, 4 a diphenyl ketone derivative such as methyl diphenyl ketone, 2-chlorodiphenyl ketone, 4-bromodiphenyl ketone or 2-carboxydiphenyl ketone; 2,2-dimethoxy-2 -Phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylacetone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl -(p-isopropylphenyl)one, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)one, 2-methyl-(4'-methylthiophenyl)-2- Acetophenone derivatives such as phenyl-1-propanone, 1,1,1-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl) ketone; thioxanthone, 2-ethyl thioxanthone, 2-isopropyl Thiophenone derivatives such as thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone a benzoate derivative such as p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester or p-diethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester; 9-phenyl acridine, 9-(p-methoxyphenyl) Acridine derivatives such as acridine; 9,10-dimethylbenzophene Order Derivatives; anthrone derivatives such as benzofluorenone and the like.

該等光聚合起始劑中,就感度方面而言,特佳為肟酯衍生物類。Among these photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester derivatives are particularly preferred in terms of sensitivity.

作為構成光聚合起始劑系成分之加速劑,例如可使用N,N-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯等N,N-二烷基胺基苯甲酸烷基酯,2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑等具有雜環之巰基化合物或脂肪族多官能巰基化合物等。As the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiator component, for example, N,N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl ester such as N,N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, 2-mercaptobenzoic acid can be used. Thiazole, 2-mercaptobenzophenone A mercapto compound having a heterocyclic ring such as azole or 2-mercaptobenzimidazole or an aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compound.

該等光聚合起始劑及加速劑可分別單獨使用,亦可併用。These photopolymerization initiators and accelerators may be used singly or in combination.

作為具體之光聚合起始劑系成分,例如可舉出「FINE CHEMICAL」(1991年,3月1日號,vol.20,No.4)之第16~26頁中所記載之二烷基苯乙酮系、安息香、噻噸酮衍生物等,除此以外可舉出日本專利特開昭58-403023號公報、特公昭45-37377號公報等中所記載之六芳基二咪唑系、S-三鹵甲基三系,日本專利特開平4-221958號公報、特開平4-219756號公報等中所記載之將二茂鈦與色素、具有胺基或胺基甲酸乙酯基之含有可加成聚合的乙烯性飽和雙鍵之化合物組合而成之系等。Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator component include a dialkyl group described on pages 16 to 26 of "FINE CHEMICAL" (1991, March 1, vol. 20, No. 4). The hexaaryldiimidazole type described in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-58-403023, and the like. S-trihalomethyl three The titanium pentoxide described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 4-221958, No. Hei 4-219756, and the like. A dye, a compound having an amine group or a urethane group and a compound containing an addition-polymerizable ethylenic saturated double bond.

於光聚合起始劑系成分中,可以提高感應感度為目的,視需要調配入與圖像曝光光源之波長對應的增感色素。作 為該等增感色素,可舉出日本專利特開平4-221958號、特開平4-219756號公報中所記載中色素,日本專利特開平3-239703號、特開平5-289335號公報中所記載之具有雜環之香豆素色素,日本專利特開平3-239703號、特開平5-289335號中所記載之3-酮香豆素化合物,日本專利特開平6-19240號公報中所記載之吡咯亞甲基色素,此外,日本專利特開昭47-2528號、特開昭54-155292號、特公昭45-37377號、特開昭48-84183號、特開昭52-112681號、特開昭58-15503號、特開昭60-88005號、特開昭59-56403號、特開平2-69號、特開昭57-168088號、特開平5-107761號、特開平5-210240號、特開平4-288818號公報中所記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨架之色素等。In the photopolymerization initiator component, for the purpose of improving the sensitivity, a sensitizing dye corresponding to the wavelength of the image exposure light source may be blended as needed. Examples of the sensitizing dyes include those described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756. The coumarin dye having a heterocyclic ring, which is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The 3- keto coumarin compound, the pyrrolemethylene dye described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 6-19240, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 47-2528, JP-A-54-155292, and JP-A-45 -37377, JP-A-48-84183, JP-A-52-112681, JP-A-58-15503, JP-A-60-88005, JP-A 59-56403, JP-A-2-69 A dye having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in JP-A-57-168088, JP-A-5-107761, JP-A No. 5-210240, and JP-A-4-288818.

該等增感色素中,較佳為含有胺基之增感色素,更佳為於同一分子內具有胺基及苯基之化合物。特佳者例如係:4,4’-二甲基胺基二苯基酮、4,4’-二乙基胺基二苯基酮、2-胺基二苯基酮、4-胺基二苯基酮、4,4’-二胺基二苯基酮、3,3’-二胺基二苯基酮、3,4-二胺基二苯基酮等二苯基酮系化合物,2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并唑、2-(對二乙基胺基苯基)苯并唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并唑、2,5-雙(對二乙基胺基苯基)1,3,4-唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二乙基胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲基胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(對二乙基胺基 苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-雙(對二乙基胺基苯基)1,3,4-噻二唑、(對二甲基胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二乙基胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二甲基胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二乙基胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二甲基胺基苯基)嘧啶、(對二乙基胺基苯基)嘧啶等含有對二烷基胺基苯基之化合物等。Among these sensitizing dyes, an amine group-containing sensitizing dye is preferred, and a compound having an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule is more preferred. Particularly preferred are: 4,4'-dimethylaminodiphenyl ketone, 4,4'-diethylaminodiphenyl ketone, 2-aminodiphenyl ketone, 4-aminodiyl a diphenyl ketone compound such as phenylketone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ketone or 3,4-diaminodiphenyl ketone, 2 -(p-dimethylaminophenyl) benzo Azole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzo Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[4,5]benzo Oxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[6,7]benzo Azole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4- Oxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2-(p-Diethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl) 1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) Pyridine, (p-diethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-dimethylaminophenyl) a compound containing a p-dialkylaminophenyl group such as pyrimidine or (p-diethylaminophenyl)pyrimidine.

其中,最佳為4,4’-二烷基胺基二苯基酮。Among them, the most preferred is 4,4'-dialkylaminodiphenyl ketone.

又,增感色素可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Further, the sensitizing dye may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

〈色料(C)〉<Colorant (C)>

色料(C)係指將本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物進行著色者。作為色料,可使用染顏料,然而就耐熱性、耐光性等方面而言,較佳為顏料。The coloring matter (C) means a coloring of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. As the coloring material, a dye can be used. However, in terms of heat resistance, light resistance and the like, a pigment is preferred.

作為顏料,可使用藍色顏料、綠色顏料、紅色顏料、黃色顏料、紫色顏料、橙色顏料、棕色顏料、黑色顏料等各種色之顏料。又,作為其構造,除了偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、二系、陰丹士林系、苝系等有機顏料以外,亦可利用各種無機顏料等。As the pigment, pigments of various colors such as a blue pigment, a green pigment, a red pigment, a yellow pigment, a violet pigment, an orange pigment, a brown pigment, and a black pigment can be used. Further, as the structure, in addition to the azo system, the phthalocyanine system, the quinophthalone type, the benzimidazolone type, the isoindolinone type, and the second In addition to organic pigments such as phthalic acid, indanthrene, and lanthanide, various inorganic pigments and the like can be used.

以下,以顏料編號(Pigment number)表示可於本發明中使用之顏料的具體例。再者,以下所舉出之「C.I.顏料紅2」等用語係指染料索引(C.I.)。Hereinafter, specific examples of the pigment which can be used in the present invention are indicated by a Pigment number. In addition, the term "C.I. Pigment Red 2" as used hereinafter refers to a dye index (C.I.).

作為紅色顏料,可舉出C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、 69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料紅48:1、122、168、177、202、206、207、209、224、242、254,更佳可舉出C.I.顏料紅177、209、224、254。Examples of the red pigment include CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37. 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53: 1, 53:2, 53:3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90:1, 101, 101:1, 104, 108, 108:1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 48:1, 122, 168, 177, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242, and 254 are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, and 254 are more preferable.

作為藍色顏料,可舉出C.I.顏料藍1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6,更佳可舉出C.I.顏料藍15:6。As the blue pigment, CI Pigment Blue 1, 1, 2, 9, 14, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 25 can be cited. , 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78 79. Among them, preferred are C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, and 15:6, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6.

作為綠色顏料,可舉出C.I.顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料綠7、36。As the green pigment, C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55 is exemplified. Among them, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36 is preferable.

作為黃色顏料,可舉出C.1.顏料黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、 35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料黃83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180、185,更佳可舉出C.I.顏料黃83、138、139、150、180。As the yellow pigment, C.1. Pigment Yellow 1, 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34 , 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208. Among them, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, and 185 are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 150, and 180 are more preferable.

作為橙色顏料,可舉出:C.I.顏料橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78、79。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料橙38、71。As the orange pigment, CI Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48, 49 , 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79. Among them, preferred are C.I. Pigment Oranges 38 and 71.

作為紫色顏料,可舉出:C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50。其中,較佳可舉出C.I.顏料紫19、23,更佳可舉出C.I.顏料紫23。As the purple pigment, CI Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25 , 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. Among them, C.I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23 are preferable, and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is more preferable.

又,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物為彩色濾光片之樹脂黑色矩陣用感光性著色樹脂組成物時,可使用黑色色料 作為色料(C)。黑色色料可單獨為黑色色料,或者亦可為與紅、綠、藍等混合而成者。又,該等色料可自無機或有機的顏料、染料中適宜選擇。Further, when the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is a photosensitive colored resin composition for a resin black matrix of a color filter, a black coloring material can be used. As colorant (C). The black coloring material may be a black coloring material alone, or may be a mixture of red, green, and blue. Further, the coloring materials can be suitably selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes.

作為為了製備黑色色料而可混合使用之色料,可舉出:維多利亞純藍(42595)、金胺O(41000)、Cathilon brilliant flavin(basic 13)、玫瑰紅6GCP(45160)、玫瑰紅B(45170)、番紅OK70:100(50240)、罌紅X(42080)、No.120/雷奧諾爾黃(21090)、雷奧諾爾黃GRO(21090)、SYMULER FAST Yellow 8GF(21105)、聯苯胺黃(Benzidine yellow)4T-564D(21095)、SYMULER FAST RED4015(12355)、LIONOL RED 7B4401(15850)、FIRSTGEN BLUE TGR-L(74160)、LIONOL BLUE SM(26150)、LIONOL BLUE ES(顏料藍15:6)、LIONOGEN RED GD(顏料紅168)、LIONOL GREEN 2YS(顏料黃36)等(再者,上述()內之數字表示染料索引(C.I.))。As a coloring material which can be used in combination for preparing a black coloring material, Victoria Pure Blue (42595), Goldamine O (41000), Cathilon brilliant flavin (basic 13), Rose Red 6GCP (45160), Rose Red B (45170), Safranin OK70: 100 (50240), Epilepsy X (42080), No. 120 / Leonor Yellow (21090), Leonor Yellow GRO (21090), SYMULER FAST Yellow 8GF (21105), Union Benzidine yellow 4T-564D (21095), SYMULER FAST RED4015 (12355), LIONOL RED 7B4401 (15850), FIRSTGEN BLUE TGR-L (74160), LIONOL BLUE SM (26150), LIONOL BLUE ES (pigment blue 15 : 6), LIONOGEN RED GD (Pigment Red 168), LIONOL GREEN 2YS (Pigment Yellow 36), etc. (Further, the number in the above () indicates the dye index (CI)).

又,進而以C.I.編號表示其他可混合使用之顏料,例如可舉出:C.I.黃色顏料20、24、86、93、109、110、117、125、137、138、147、148、153、154、166,C.I.橙色顏料36、43、51、55、59、61,C.I.紅色顏料9、97、122、123、149、168、177、180、192、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240,C.I.紫色顏料19、23、29、30、37、40、50,C.I.藍色顏料15、15:1、15:4、22、60、64、C.I.綠色顏料7,C.I.棕顏料23、25、26等。Further, other pigments which can be used in combination are indicated by CI numbers, and examples thereof include CI yellow pigments 20, 24, 86, 93, 109, 110, 117, 125, 137, 138, 147, 148, 153, and 154. 166, CI orange pigments 36, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, CI red pigments 9, 97, 122, 123, 149, 168, 177, 180, 192, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, CI violet pigments 19, 23, 29, 30, 37, 40, 50, CI blue pigment 15, 15:1, 15:4, 22, 60, 64, CI green pigment 7, CI brown pigments 23, 25, 26, etc.

又,作為可單獨使用之黑色色料可舉出:碳黑、乙炔黑、 燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、花青黑、鈦黑等。Further, examples of the black coloring material which can be used alone include carbon black and acetylene black. Lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black, and the like.

該等中,就遮光率、圖像特性之觀點而言,較佳為碳黑。作為碳黑之例,可舉出以下所示之碳黑。Among these, carbon black is preferred from the viewpoint of light blocking ratio and image characteristics. Examples of the carbon black include carbon black shown below.

三菱化學公司製:MA 7、MA 8、MA 11、MA 100、MA 100R、MA 220、MA 230、MA 600、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL 7B、OIL 9B、OIL 11B、OIL 30B、OIL 31BMitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA 7, MA 8, MA 11, MA 100, MA 100R, MA 220, MA 230, MA 600, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40,#44,#45,#47,#50,#52,#55,#650,#750,#850,#950,#960,#970,#980,#990,#1000,#2200 , #2300, #2350, #2400, #2600, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL 7B, OIL 9B, OIL 11B, OIL 30B, OIL 31B

德固薩(DEGUSSA)公司製:Printex 3、Printex 30P、Printex 30、Printex 300P、Printex 40、Printex 45、Printex 55、Printex 60、Printex 75、Printex 80、Printex 85、Printex 90、Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V、Printex G、SpecialBlack 550、SpecialBlack 350、SpecialBlack 250、SpecialBlack 100、SpecialBlack 6、SpecialBlack 5、SpecialBlack 4、Color Black FW 1、Color Black FW 2、Color Black FW 2V、Color Black FW 18、Color Black FW 18、Color Black FW 200、Color Black S160、Color Black S170DEGUSSA company: Printex 3, Printex 30P, Printex 30, Printex 300P, Printex 40, Printex 45, Printex 55, Printex 60, Printex 75, Printex 80, Printex 85, Printex 90, Printex A, Printex L , Printex G, Printex P, Printex U, Printex V, Printex G, Special Black 550, Special Black 350, Special Black 250, Special Black 100, Special Black 6, Special Black 5, Special Black 4, Color Black FW 1, Color Black FW 2, Color Black FW 2V, Color Black FW 18, Color Black FW 18, Color Black FW 200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170

CABOT公司製:Monarch 120、Monarch 280、Monarch 460、Monarch 800、Monarch 880、Monarch 900、Monarch 1000、Monarch 1100、Monarch 1300、Monarch 1400、 Monarch 4630、REGAL 99、REGAL 99R、REGAL 415、REGAL 415R、REGAL 250、REGAL 250R、REGAL 330、REGAL 400R、REGAL 55R0、REGAL 660R、BLACK PEARL S480、PEARLS 130、VULCANXC 72R、ELFTEX-8CABOT company: Monarch 120, Monarch 280, Monarch 460, Monarch 800, Monarch 880, Monarch 900, Monarch 1000, Monarch 1100, Monarch 1300, Monarch 1400, Monarch 4630, REGAL 99, REGAL 99R, REGAL 415, REGAL 415R, REGAL 250, REGAL 250R, REGAL 330, REGAL 400R, REGAL 55R0, REGAL 660R, BLACK PEARL S480, PEARLS 130, VULCANXC 72R, ELFTEX-8

COLUMBIAN CARBON公司製:RAVEN 11、RAVEN 14、RAVEN 15、RAVEN 16、RAVEN 22、RAVEN 30、RAVEN 35、RAVEN 40、RAVEN 410、RAVEN 420、RAVEN 450、RAVEN 500、RAVEN 780、RAVEN 850、RAVEN 890H、RAVEN 1000、RAVEN 1020、RAVEN 1040、RAVEN 1060U、RAVEN 1080U、RAVEN 1170、RAVEN 1190U、RAVEN 1250、RAVEN 1500、RAVEN 2000、RAVEN 2500U、RAVEN 3500、RAVEN 5000、RAVEN 5250、RAVEN 5750、RAVEN 7000COLUMBIAN CARBON company: RAVEN 11, RAVEN 14, RAVEN 15, RAVEN 16, RAVEN 22, RAVEN 30, RAVEN 35, RAVEN 40, RAVEN 410, RAVEN 420, RAVEN 450, RAVEN 500, RAVEN 780, RAVEN 850, RAVEN 890H, RAVEN 1000, RAVEN 1020, RAVEN 1040, RAVEN 1060U, RAVEN 1080U, RAVEN 1170, RAVEN 1190U, RAVEN 1250, RAVEN 1500, RAVEN 2000, RAVEN 2500U, RAVEN 3500, RAVEN 5000, RAVEN 5250, RAVEN 5750, RAVEN 7000

作為其他黑色顏料之例,可將鈦黑、苯胺黑、氧化鐵系黑色顏料,及紅色、綠色、藍色之三色有機顏料混合而用作黑色顏料。As an example of other black pigments, titanium black, aniline black, iron oxide black pigment, and red, green, and blue organic pigments may be mixed and used as a black pigment.

又,作為顏料亦可使用:硫酸鋇、硫酸鉛、氧化鈦、鉛黃、鐵丹、氧化鉻等。Further, as the pigment, barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide, lead yellow, iron oxide, chromium oxide or the like can be used.

該等各種顏料亦可併用複數種。例如,為了調整色度,可併用綠色顏料與黃色顏料,或併用藍色顏料與紫色顏料。These various pigments may also be used in combination. For example, in order to adjust the chromaticity, a green pigment and a yellow pigment may be used in combination, or a blue pigment and a violet pigment may be used in combination.

再者,較佳係該等顏料分散成平均粒徑通常為1 μm、較佳為0.5 μm以下、更佳為0.25 μm以下而使用。Further, it is preferred that the pigments are dispersed to have an average particle diameter of usually 1 μm, preferably 0.5 μm or less, more preferably 0.25 μm or less.

再者,於本發明中,顏料之平均粒徑係根據由動態光散射(DLS,Dynamic Light Scattering)所測定之顏料粒徑 而求得之值。粒徑測定係對充分稀釋之著色樹脂組成物(通常進行稀釋,製備為顏料濃度為0.005~0.2重量%左右。然而若為由測定機器所推薦之濃度,則可按照該濃度進行)進行,於25℃下進行測定。Furthermore, in the present invention, the average particle diameter of the pigment is based on the particle diameter of the pigment measured by Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS). And find the value. The particle size measurement is performed on a sufficiently diluted colored resin composition (usually diluted to prepare a pigment concentration of about 0.005 to 0.2% by weight. However, if it is a concentration recommended by a measuring machine, it can be carried out according to the concentration). The measurement was carried out at 25 °C.

又,作為可用作色料之染料可舉出:偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羥基系染料、次甲基系染料等。Moreover, examples of the dye usable as the coloring material include an azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a phthalocyanine dye, a quinone dye, a quinoline dye, a nitro dye, a hydroxy dye, and a dye. Methyl dyes, etc.

作為偶氮系染料,例如可舉出:C.I.酸性黃11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、C.I.酸性藍29、C.I.直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、C.I.反應性黃2、C.I.反應性紅17、C.I.反應性紅120、C.I.反應性黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、C.I.鹼性藍41、C.I.鹼性紅18、C.I.媒染紅7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7等。Examples of the azo dye include CI Acid Yellow 11, CI Acid Orange 7, CI Acid Red 37, CI Acid Red 180, CI Acid Blue 29, CI Direct Red 28, CI Direct Red 83, and CI Direct Yellow 12 , CI Direct Orange 26, CI Direct Green 28, CI Direct Green 59, CI Reactive Yellow 2, CI Reactive Red 17, CI Reactive Red 120, CI Reactive Black 5, CI Disperse Orange 5, CI Disperse Red 58, CI disperse blue 165, CI alkaline blue 41, CI alkaline red 18, CI mordant red 7, CI mordant yellow 5, CI mord black 7, and the like.

作為蒽醌系染料,例如可舉出:C.I.還原藍4、C.I.酸性藍40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I.反應性藍19、C.I.反應性藍49、C.I.分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、C.I.分散藍60等。Examples of the lanthanide dyes include CI reduction blue 4, CI acid blue 40, CI acid green 25, CI reactive blue 19, CI reactive blue 49, CI dispersion red 60, CI dispersion blue 56, and CI dispersion. Blue 60 and so on.

其他,作為酞菁系染料,例如可舉出C.I.還原藍5等;作為醌亞胺系染料,例如可舉出C.I.鹼性藍3、C.I.鹼性藍9等;作為喹啉系染料,例如可舉出C.I.溶劑黃33、C.I.酸性黃3、C.I.分散黃64等;作為硝基系染料,例如可舉出C.I.酸性黃1、C.I.酸性橙3、C.I.分散黃42 等。Other examples of the phthalocyanine-based dye include CI-reduced blue 5; and examples of the quinone-based dye include CI basic blue 3 and CI basic blue 9; and the quinoline dye is, for example, Examples include CI Solvent Yellow 33, CI Acid Yellow 3, and CI Disperse Yellow 64; and examples of the nitro dye include CI Acid Yellow 1, CI Acid Orange 3, and CI Disperse Yellow 42. Wait.

〈分散劑(D)〉<Dispersant (D)>

於本發明中,使色料(C)微細地分散、且使其分散狀態穩定化對於確保品質之穩定性而言較重要,故較佳為包含分散劑(D)。In the present invention, it is preferable to contain the dispersing agent (D) by dispersing the coloring material (C) finely and stabilizing the dispersed state to ensure the stability of the quality.

作為分散劑(D),較佳為具有官能基之高分子分散劑,進而就分散穩定性方面而言,較佳為具有羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或該等之鹼基;一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;來自吡啶、嘧啶、吡等含氮雜環之基等官能基之高分子分散劑。其中,特佳為具有一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;來自吡啶、嘧啶、吡等含氮雜環之基等鹼性官能基之高分子分散劑。The dispersing agent (D) is preferably a polymer dispersing agent having a functional group, and further preferably has a carboxyl group; a phosphate group; a sulfonic acid group; or the bases; Secondary or tertiary amine; quaternary ammonium; from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyr A polymer dispersant such as a functional group such as a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. Among them, it is particularly preferred to have a primary, secondary or tertiary amine group; a quaternary ammonium salt group; from pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridyl A polymer dispersing agent such as a basic functional group such as a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group.

又,作為高分子分散劑,例如可舉出胺基甲酸乙酯系分散劑、丙烯酸系分散劑、聚乙烯亞胺系分散劑、聚烯丙基胺系分散劑、包含具有胺基之單體與巨單體之分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙烯二酯系分散劑、聚醚磷酸系分散劑、聚酯磷酸系分散劑、山梨糖醇酐脂肪族酯系分散劑、脂肪族改性聚酯系分散劑等。In addition, examples of the polymer dispersant include a urethane dispersant, an acrylic dispersant, a polyethyleneimine dispersant, a polyallylamine dispersant, and a monomer having an amine group. Dispersant with macromonomer, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, polyoxyethylene diester dispersant, polyether phosphate dispersant, polyester phosphate dispersant, sorbitan fatty ester dispersion Agent, aliphatic modified polyester-based dispersant, and the like.

作為上述分散劑的具體例,可舉出商品名為EFKA(EFKA Chemicals BV(EFKA)公司製)、Disperbyk(BYK-CHEMIE公司製)、帝司巴隆(DISPARLON)(楠本化成公司製)、SOLSPERSE(LUBRIZOL公司製)、KP(信越化學工業公司製)、POLYFLOW(共榮社化學公司製)、AJISPER(味之素公司製)等。Specific examples of the dispersing agent include EFKA (made by EFKA Chemicals BV (EFKA) Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (made by BYK-CHEMIE Co., Ltd.), DISPARLON (made by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.), and SOLSPERSE. (manufactured by LUBRIZOL Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), POLYFLOW (manufactured by Kyoei Chemical Co., Ltd.), AJISPER (manufactured by Ajinomoto Co., Ltd.), and the like.

該等高分子分散劑可單獨使用一種,或併用兩種以上。These polymer dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為700以上,較佳為1000以上,又,通常為100,000以下,較佳為50,000以下。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is usually 700 or more, preferably 1,000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50,000 or less.

該等中,就密黏性及直線性方面而言,分散劑(D)特佳為包含具有官能基之胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑及/或丙烯酸系高分子分散劑。In the above, the dispersing agent (D) is particularly preferably an urethane-based polymer dispersing agent having a functional group and/or an acrylic polymer dispersing agent in terms of adhesion and linearity.

作為胺基甲酸乙酯系及丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,例如可舉出Disperbyk 160~166、182系列(均為胺基甲乙酸酯系),Disperbyk 2000,2001等(均為丙烯酸系)(以上全部為BYK-CHEMIE公司製)。Examples of the urethane-based and acrylic-based polymer dispersing agents include Disperbyk 160 to 166 and 182 series (all of which are amine-based acetate), and Disperbyk 2000, 2001 (all of which are acrylic) (above). All are BYK-CHEMIE company).

作為胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑,若具體例示較佳之化學構造,例如可舉出:藉由使聚異氰酸酯化合物、於分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數平均分子量為300~10,000之化合物及於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物反應而獲得之重量平均分子量為1,000~200,000之分散樹脂等。When a preferred chemical structure is exemplified as the urethane-based polymer dispersant, for example, a polyisocyanate compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the molecule has an average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000. The compound and a dispersion resin having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000 obtained by reacting a compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule.

作為上述聚異氰酸酯化合物之例,可舉出對苯二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4’-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、萘-1,5-二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯,二異氰酸己二酯、離胺酸甲酯二異氰酸酯、二異氰酸2,4,4-三甲基己二酯、二聚物酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯,異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、4,4’-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、ω,ω’-二異氰 酸酯二甲基環己烷等脂環族二異氰酸酯,二甲苯二異氰酸酯、α,α,α’,α’-四甲基二甲苯二異氰酸酯等具有芳香環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,離胺酸酯三異氰酸酯、1,6,11-十一烷三異氰酸酯、1,8-二異氰酸酯-4-異氰酸基甲基辛烷、1,3,6-六亞甲基三異氰酸酯、二環庚烷三異氰酸酯、參(異氰酸酯苯基甲烷)、參(異氰酸酯苯基)硫磷酸酯等三異氰酸酯,及該等之三聚物、水加成物、及該等之多元醇加成物等。作為聚異氰酸酯,較佳為有機二異氰酸酯之三聚物,最佳為甲苯二異氰酸酯之三聚物與異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the polyisocyanate compound include p-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and naphthalene-1,5-. Aromatic diisocyanate such as diisocyanate or tolidine diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, methyl isocyanate diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer Aliphatic diisocyanate such as acid diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω, ω'-diisocyanate Alicyclic diisocyanate having an aromatic ring such as alicyclic diisocyanate such as ester dimethylcyclohexane, xylene diisocyanate, α,α,α',α'-tetramethylxylene diisocyanate, or lysine Ester triisocyanate, 1,6,11-undecane triisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatomethyloctane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, bicycloheptane a triisocyanate such as an alkane triisocyanate, a sulfonate (isocyanate phenylmethane) or a ginseng (isocyanate phenyl) thiophosphate, and the like, a terpolymer, a water adduct, and a polyol adduct thereof. As the polyisocyanate, a terpolymer of an organic diisocyanate is preferred, and a trimer of toluene diisocyanate and a terpolymer of isophorone diisocyanate are preferred. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為異氰酸酯之三聚物的製造方法,可舉出下述方法:使用適當之三聚化觸媒,例如三級胺類、膦類、烷氧化物類、金屬氧化物、羧酸鹽類等,對上述聚異氰酸酯類進行異氰酸酯基之部分三聚化,藉由添加觸媒毒而使三聚化停止後,藉溶劑萃取、薄膜蒸餾去除未反應之聚異氰酸酯,從而獲得目標之含有異三聚氰酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯。Examples of the method for producing the isocyanate trimer include the use of a suitable trimerization catalyst such as a tertiary amine, a phosphine, an alkoxide, a metal oxide or a carboxylate. The polyisocyanate is subjected to partial trimerization of an isocyanate group, and after trimerization is stopped by adding a catalyst poison, the unreacted polyisocyanate is removed by solvent extraction and thin film distillation, thereby obtaining a target containing isomeric cyanide. Acid-based polyisocyanate.

作為於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數平均分子量為300~10,000之化合物,可舉出聚醚二醇、聚酯二醇、聚碳酸酯二醇、聚烯烴二醇等及該等之化合物的單末端羥基經碳數為1~25之烷基而烷氧基化者及該等之兩種以上的混合物。Examples of the compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule and having an average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 include polyether diol, polyester diol, polycarbonate diol, polyolefin diol, and the like. The single terminal hydroxyl group of the compound is alkoxylated with a carbon number of 1 to 25 and a mixture of two or more of these.

作為聚醚二醇,可舉出聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、及該等兩種以上之混合物。作為聚醚二醇,可舉出使環氧烷均聚或共聚合而獲得者,例如可舉出聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚 乙二醇-丙二醇、聚氧丁二醇、聚氧己二醇、聚氧辛二醇及該等之兩種以上的混合物。The polyether diol may, for example, be a polyether diol, a polyether ester diol, or a mixture of two or more of these. The polyether diol is obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing an alkylene oxide, and examples thereof include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, and polycondensation. Ethylene glycol-propylene glycol, polyoxybutylene glycol, polyoxyhexanediol, polyoxyoctanediol, and a mixture of two or more thereof.

作為聚醚酯二醇,可舉出使含有醚基之二醇或與其他二醇之混合物與二羧酸或該等之酐反應,或使聚酯二醇與環氧烷反應,藉此而獲得者,例如可舉出:聚(聚氧四亞甲基)己二酸酯等。作為聚醚二醇,最佳為聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧丁二醇或該等之化合物的單末端羥基經碳數為1~25之烷基而烷氧基化之化合物。Examples of the polyether ester diol include reacting a mixture of an ether group-containing diol or another diol with a dicarboxylic acid or an anhydride, or reacting a polyester diol with an alkylene oxide. The winner may, for example, be poly(polyoxytetramethylene) adipate or the like. The polyether diol is preferably a compound in which a polyethylene glycol, a polypropylene glycol, a polyoxybutylene glycol or a single terminal hydroxyl group of the compound is alkoxylated with an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms.

作為聚酯二醇,可舉出使二羧酸(丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、酞酸等)或該等之酐與二醇(乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2,5-二甲基-2,5-己二醇、1,8-辛二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇等脂肪族二醇,雙羥基甲基環己烷等脂環族二醇,二甲苯基二醇、雙羥基乙氧基苯等芳香族二醇,N-甲基二乙醇胺等N-烷基二烷醇胺等)聚縮合而獲得者,例如可舉出:聚己二酸乙二酯、聚己二酸丁二酯、聚己二酸己二酯、聚己二酸乙二酯/丙二酯等,或將上述二醇類或碳數為1~25之一元醇用作起始劑而獲得之聚內酯二醇或聚內酯一醇,例如可舉出:聚己內酯 二醇、聚甲基戊內酯及該等之兩種以上的混合物。作為聚酯二醇,最佳為聚己內酯二醇或以碳數為1~25之醇作為起始劑之聚己內酯。Examples of the polyester diol include dicarboxylic acids (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, etc.) or the like. Anhydride and diol (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol , 2,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1, 3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2 , 2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,8- An aliphatic diol such as octanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol or 1,9-nonanediol, an alicyclic diol such as bishydroxymethylcyclohexane or xylylene glycol; Examples of the polycondensation of an aromatic diol such as bishydroxyethoxybenzene or an N-alkyl dialkanolamine such as N-methyldiethanolamine can be exemplified by polyethylene diadipate and polyhexamethylene glycol. Dibutyl succinate a polylactone diol or a polylactone obtained by using the above diol or a monohydric alcohol having a carbon number of 1 to 25 as a starter. Monool, for example, polycaprolactone a diol, a polymethyl valerolactone, and a mixture of two or more thereof. As the polyester diol, polycaprolactone diol or polycaprolactone having a carbon number of 1 to 25 as a starter is preferred.

作為聚碳酸酯二醇,可舉出聚(1,6-伸己基)碳酸酯、聚(3-甲基-1,5-伸戊基)碳酸酯等,作為聚烯烴二醇可舉出聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚異戊二醇等。Examples of the polycarbonate diol include poly(1,6-exexhexyl)carbonate and poly(3-methyl-1,5-exopentyl)carbonate, and examples of the polyolefin diol include polycondensation. Butadiene diol, hydrogenated polybutadiene diol, hydrogenated polyisoprene diol, and the like.

該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之化合物的數平均分子量通常為300~10,000,較佳為500~6,000,更佳為1,000~4,000。The number average molecular weight of the compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is usually from 300 to 10,000, preferably from 500 to 6,000, more preferably from 1,000 to 4,000.

就於本發明中使用之於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物加以說明。作為活性氫、即直接鍵結於氧原子、氮原子或硫原子之氫原子,可舉出羥基、胺基、氫硫基等官能基中之氫原子,其中較佳為胺基的氫原子,特佳為一級胺基的氫原子。A compound having active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule as used in the present invention will be described. The active hydrogen, that is, the hydrogen atom directly bonded to the oxygen atom, the nitrogen atom or the sulfur atom, may be a hydrogen atom in a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a hydrogenthio group, and among them, a hydrogen atom of an amine group is preferable. Particularly preferred is a primary amine-based hydrogen atom.

三級胺基並無特別限制,例如可舉出具有碳數為1~4之烷基的胺基、或雜環構造,更加具體而言可舉出咪唑環或三唑環等。The tertiary amino group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amine group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic ring structure, and more specifically, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring.

若例示上述於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物,則可舉出N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二甲基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N-二丙基乙二胺、N,N-二丁基乙二胺、N,N-二甲基-1,4-丁 二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,4-丁二胺等。When the above compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule is exemplified, N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine and N,N-diethyl-1,3- Propylenediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, N,N -diethylethylenediamine, N,N-dipropylethylenediamine, N,N-dibutylethylenediamine, N,N-dimethyl-1,4-butyl Diamine, N,N-diethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine Wait.

又,作為三級胺基係含氮雜環構造時之該含氮雜環,可舉出吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環、苯并唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噻二唑環等含氮5員雜環,吡啶環、嗒環、嘧啶環、三環、喹啉環、吖啶環、異喹啉環等含氮6員雜環。該等含氮雜環中,較佳為咪唑環或三唑環。Further, examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring in the case of a tertiary amino group-containing nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a tetrazole ring, an anthracene ring, an indazole ring, and an indazole ring. , benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzo Nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring such as azole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzothiadiazole ring, pyridine ring, hydrazine Ring, pyrimidine ring, three A nitrogen-containing 6-membered heterocyclic ring such as a ring, a quinoline ring, an acridine ring or an isoquinoline ring. Among these nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring is preferred.

若具體例示具有該等咪唑環與胺基之化合物,則可舉出1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、組胺酸、2-胺基咪唑、1-(2-胺基乙基)咪唑等。又,若具體例示具有三唑環與胺基之化合物,則可舉出:3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、5-(2-胺基-5-氯苯基)-3-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑、4-胺基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3,5-二醇、3-胺基-5-苯基-1H-1,3,4-三唑、5-胺基-1,4-二苯基-1,2,3-三唑、3-胺基-1-苄基-1H-2,4-三唑等。其中較佳為N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑。Specific examples of the compound having the imidazole ring and the amine group include 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, and 1-(2-aminoethyl). Imidazole and the like. Further, specific examples of the compound having a triazole ring and an amine group include 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole and 5-(2-amino-5-chlorophenyl)-3. -phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1H- 1,3,4-triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3-triazole, 3-amino-1-benzyl-1H-2,4-triazole, etc. . Among them, preferred are N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3- Amino-1,2,4-triazole.

該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

製造胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑時之原料的較佳調配比率,係相對於100重量份之聚異氰酸酯化合物,於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數平均分子量300~10,000的化合物為10~200重量份,較佳為20~190重量份,更佳為30~180重量份;於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物為0.2~25重量份,較佳為0.3~24 重量份。A preferred blending ratio of the raw material for producing the urethane-based polymer dispersant is one or two hydroxyl groups having an average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 in the same molecule with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polyisocyanate compound. The compound is 10 to 200 parts by weight, preferably 20 to 190 parts by weight, more preferably 30 to 180 parts by weight; and the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amino group in the same molecule is 0.2 to 25 parts by weight, preferably 0.3~24 Parts by weight.

胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑之製造可按照製造聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂之公知方法進行。作為製造時之溶劑,通常可使用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、異氟爾酮等酮類,乙酸乙脂、乙酸丁酯、乙酸賽路蘇等酯類,苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷等烴類,二丙酮醇、異丙醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等部分醇類,二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯化物,四氫呋喃、二乙基醚等醚類,二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。The production of the urethane-based polymer dispersant can be carried out in accordance with a known method for producing a polyurethane resin. As the solvent at the time of production, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and isophorone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetic acid can be usually used. Esters such as Lusu, hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and hexane; some alcohols such as diacetone alcohol, isopropanol, second butanol, and third butanol; chlorides such as dichloromethane and chloroform; An ether such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether; an aprotic polar solvent such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone or dimethylhydrazine. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述製造時,通常可使用胺基甲酸乙酯化反應觸媒。作為該觸媒,例如可舉出二月桂酸二丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫、二辛酸二丁基錫、辛酸亞錫等錫系,乙醯丙酮酸鐵、三氯化鐵等鐵系,三乙基胺、三乙二胺等三級胺系等之一種或兩種以上。In the above production, a urethane reaction catalyst can usually be used. Examples of the catalyst include tin compounds such as dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dioctoate, and stannous octoate, and irons such as iron acetylate pyruvate and ferric chloride. One or two or more kinds of tertiary amines such as ethylamine and triethylenediamine.

於同一分子內具有活性氫與三級胺基之化合物的導入量,以反應後之胺值表示較佳為控制在1~100 mgKOH/g之範圍內。更佳為5~95 mgKOH/g之範圍。胺值係藉由酸而將鹼性胺基中和滴定,使其對應於酸值,以KOH之mg數所表示之值。若胺值低於上述範圍則存在分散能力降低之傾向,又,若超過上述範圍則顯影性易於降低。The amount of the compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule is preferably controlled to be in the range of 1 to 100 mgKOH/g, based on the amine value after the reaction. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 95 mgKOH/g. The amine value is neutralized by neutralization of the basic amine group by an acid to correspond to the acid value, which is expressed in terms of the number of mg of KOH. When the amine value is less than the above range, the dispersibility is lowered, and if it exceeds the above range, the developability is liable to lower.

再者,以上反應中,於高分子分散劑中殘存有異氰酸酯基時,進而若由於醇或胺基化合物而破壞異氰酸酯基,則產物之經時穩定性變高,故較佳。In addition, in the above reaction, when the isocyanate group remains in the polymer dispersant, and if the isocyanate group is destroyed by the alcohol or the amine compound, the stability with time of the product becomes high, which is preferable.

胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1,000~200,000、較佳為2,000~100,000、更佳為3,000~50,000之範圍。若該分子量未滿1,000,則分散性及分散穩定性差,若超過200,000則溶解性降低,分散性差,同時變得難以控制反應。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the urethane-based polymer dispersant is usually in the range of 1,000 to 200,000, preferably 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. When the molecular weight is less than 1,000, the dispersibility and the dispersion stability are inferior. When the molecular weight exceeds 200,000, the solubility is lowered, the dispersibility is poor, and it becomes difficult to control the reaction.

作為丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,較佳的是使用具有官能基(此處所謂之官能基係指作為高分子分散劑中所含有之官能基的上述之官能基。)的含有不飽和基之單體與不具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體之無規共聚物、接枝共聚物、嵌段共聚物。該等共聚物可藉由公知方法來製造。As the acrylic polymer dispersant, it is preferred to use an unsaturated group-containing single having a functional group (the functional group referred to herein as the functional group as a functional group contained in the polymer dispersant). A random copolymer, a graft copolymer, or a block copolymer of a monomer having an unsaturated group without a functional group. These copolymers can be produced by a known method.

作為具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基酞酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫酞酸、丙烯酸二聚物等具有羧基之不飽和單體,(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯及該等之四級化物等具有三級胺基、四級銨鹽基之不飽和單體作為具體例。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(methyl)acryloxyethyl succinic acid, and 2-(methyl)acryloxyethyloxy group. An unsaturated monomer having a carboxyl group such as citric acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid or an acrylic acid dimer, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Specific examples of the unsaturated monomer having a tertiary amino group and a quaternary ammonium salt group such as diethylaminoethyl acrylate and such a quaternary compound are exemplified. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為不具有官能基之含有不飽和基之單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異基酯、三環癸烷(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫呋喃甲酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺等N-取代順丁烯二醯亞胺、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯及聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯巨單體、聚乙二醇巨單體、聚丙二醇巨單體、聚己內酯巨單體等巨單體等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. N-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid ring Hexyl ester, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Base ester, tricyclodecane (meth) acrylate, methyl (meth) methacrylate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, styrene and its derivatives, α-methyl styrene, N-cyclohexyl cis N-substituted maleimide, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate and polybutene such as butylene diimine, N-phenyl maleimide, N-benzyl maleimide Methyl (meth) acrylate macromonomer, polystyrene macromonomer, poly(methyl methacrylate) 2-hydroxyethyl macromonomer, polyethylene glycol macromonomer, polypropylene glycol macromonomer, poly-caprol Giant monomers such as ester macromonomers. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

丙烯酸系高分子分散劑特佳為包含具有官能基之A嵌段與不具有官能基之B嵌段的A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物,該情況時,A嵌段中除了含上述官能基之含有不飽和基之單體以外,亦可包含不含上述官能基之含有不飽和基之單體,該等亦可以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之任一種態樣而含有於該A嵌段中。又,不含官能基之部分構造於A嵌段中的含量通常為80重量%以下,較佳為50重量%以下,更佳為30重量%以下。The acrylic polymer dispersant is particularly preferably an A-B or B-A-B block copolymer comprising an A block having a functional group and a B block having no functional group, in which case, in addition to the A block. In addition to the unsaturated group-containing monomer having the above functional group, an unsaturated group-containing monomer not containing the above functional group may be contained, and these may be in any of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. Contained in the A block. Further, the content of the functional group-free portion in the A block is usually 80% by weight or less, preferably 50% by weight or less, more preferably 30% by weight or less.

B嵌段係由不含上述官能基之含有不飽和基之單體所構成者,於一個B嵌段中亦可含有兩種以上的單體,該等亦可以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之任一種態樣而含有於該B嵌段中。The B block is composed of a monomer containing an unsaturated group containing no such functional group, and may contain two or more kinds of monomers in one B block, and these may also be randomly copolymerized or block-coordinated. Any of the polymerizations is contained in the B block.

該A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚物例如可藉由以下所示之活性聚合法來進行製備。The A-B or B-A-B block copolymer can be produced, for example, by the living polymerization method shown below.

活性聚合法中有陰離子活性聚合法、陽離子活性聚合法、自由基活性聚合法,其中陰離子活性聚合法中,聚合 活性種為陰離子,例如以下述流程表示。In the living polymerization method, there are an anionic living polymerization method, a cationic living polymerization method, a radical living polymerization method, and among the anionic living polymerization methods, polymerization The active species is an anion, for example, represented by the following scheme.

自由基活性聚合法中,聚合活性種為自由基,例如以下述流程表示。In the radical active polymerization method, the polymerization active species is a radical, and is represented, for example, by the following scheme.

合成該丙烯酸系高分子分散劑時,可採用下述文獻中所記載之公知方法:日本專利特開平9-62002號公報、或 P.Lutz,P.Masson et al,Polym.Bull.12,79(1984),B.C.Anderson,G.D.Andrews et al,Macromolecules,14,1601(1981),K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.17,977(1985),18,1037(1986),右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36,366(1987),東村敏延、澤本光男、高分子論文集、46,189(1989),M.Kuroki,T.Aida,J.Am.Chem.Sic,109,4737(1987)、相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化學、43,300(1985),D.Y.Sogoh,W.R.Hertler et al,Macromolecules,20,1473(1987)等。When synthesizing the acrylic polymer dispersant, a known method described in the following documents may be employed: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 9-62002, or P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), BC Anderson, GD Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym J.17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986), Right Hand Hao Yi, Putian Gengyi, Polymer Processing, 36, 366 (1987), Dongcun Min Yan, Ze Benguang, Molecular Proceedings, 46, 189 (1989), M. Kuroki , T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 109, 4737 (1987), Xiangtian Zhuo San, Inoue Xiangping, Organic Synthetic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), DY Sogoh, WR Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987) )Wait.

於本發明中使用之丙烯酸系高分子分散劑可為A-B嵌段共聚物,亦可為B-A-B嵌段共聚物,構成該共聚物之A嵌段/B嵌段之比較佳為1/99~80/20,特佳為5/95~60/40(重量比),若不在該範圍內,則存在無法兼具良好之耐熱性與分散性之情況。The acrylic polymer dispersing agent used in the present invention may be an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer, and the A block/B block constituting the copolymer is preferably used. It is 1/99 to 80/20, and particularly preferably 5/95 to 60/40 (weight ratio). If it is out of this range, it may not have good heat resistance and dispersibility.

又,1 g之本發明之A-B嵌段共聚物、B-A-B嵌段共聚物中的四級銨鹽基的量,通常較佳為0.1~10 mmol,若不在該範圍內則存在無法兼具良好之耐熱性與分散性之情況。Further, the amount of the quaternary ammonium salt group in the A-B block copolymer of the present invention and the B-A-B block copolymer of 1 g is usually preferably 0.1 to 10 mmol, and if it is not within the range There is a case where it is impossible to combine good heat resistance and dispersibility.

再者,存在上述嵌段共聚物中含有通常於製造過程中所生成之胺基的情況,其胺值為1~100 mgKOH/g左右。Further, in the case where the block copolymer contains an amine group which is usually produced in the production process, the amine value is about 1 to 100 mgKOH/g.

此處,該等嵌段共聚物等之分散劑的胺值係以與1 g之分散劑樣品中除了溶劑外之固形份的鹼基量等量之KOH的重量表示,藉由以下方法測定。Here, the amine value of the dispersing agent such as the block copolymer is expressed by the weight of KOH equivalent to the amount of base of the solid content of the dispersant sample in 1 g of the dispersant sample, and is measured by the following method.

於100 mL之燒杯中準確稱量0.5~1.5 g之分散劑樣 品,以50 mL之乙酸加以溶解。使用具備pH電極之自動滴定裝置,以0.1 mol/L之HClO4 乙酸溶液中和滴定該溶液。將滴定pH曲線之彎曲點作為滴定終點,根據以下式求得胺值。Accurately weigh 0.5 to 1.5 g of the dispersant sample in a 100 mL beaker and dissolve it with 50 mL of acetic acid. The solution was titrated with a 0.1 mol/L HClO 4 acetic acid solution using an automatic titrator equipped with a pH electrode. The bending point of the titration pH curve was taken as the end point of the titration, and the amine value was determined according to the following formula.

胺值[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S)Amine value [mgKOH/g] = (561 × V) / (W × S)

[其中,W表示分散劑樣品稱取量[g]、V表示滴定終點之滴定量[mL]、S表示分散劑樣品之固形份濃度[重量%]。][Where, W represents the dispersant sample weighing amount [g], V represents the titration end point titer [mL], and S represents the solid content concentration [% by weight] of the dispersant sample. ]

又,該嵌段共聚物之酸值係視成為該酸值之來源的酸性基之有無及種類而異,一般而言,較低者較佳,通常為10 mgKOH/g以下,其重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1000~100,000之範圍。若嵌段共聚物之重量平均分子量未滿1000,則存在分散穩定性降低之傾向,若超過100,000,則存在顯影性、析像性降低之傾向。Further, the acid value of the block copolymer varies depending on the presence or absence of the acidic group which is the source of the acid value, and generally, the lower one is preferable, and usually it is 10 mgKOH/g or less, and the weight average molecular weight thereof. (Mw) is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 100,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the block copolymer is less than 1,000, the dispersion stability tends to be lowered, and when it exceeds 100,000, developability and resolution tend to be lowered.

又,就提高分散穩定性之方面而言,較佳為分散劑(D)與後述之顏料衍生物併用。Further, in terms of improving the dispersion stability, the dispersant (D) is preferably used in combination with a pigment derivative described later.

〈光聚合性單體(E)〉<Photopolymerizable monomer (E)>

於本發明中,進而使用光聚合性單體(E)(光聚合性化合物)者係於感度等方面而言較佳。In the present invention, it is preferred to use a photopolymerizable monomer (E) (photopolymerizable compound) in terms of sensitivity and the like.

作為於本發明中使用之光聚合性單體(E),可舉出於分子內至少具有一個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(以下有時稱作「乙烯性單體」)。具體而言,例如可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、及具有一個乙烯性不飽和鍵之羧酸與多元或一元醇之單酯等。The photopolymerizable monomer (E) used in the present invention may be a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "ethylenic monomer"). Specific examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid, alkyl (meth)acrylate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and a monocarboxylic ester of a carboxylic acid having one ethylenically unsaturated bond and a polyhydric or monohydric alcohol.

於本發明中,尤其是使用於1分子中具有兩個以上之乙 烯性不飽和基的多官能乙烯性單體者較理想。In the present invention, especially for use in one molecule having two or more A polyfunctional ethylenic monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred.

作為該多官能乙烯性單體之例,例如可舉出脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;芳香族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;脂肪族聚羥基化合物、芳香族聚羥基化合物等多元羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸及多元羧酸之酯化反應而獲得之酯等。Examples of the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer include esters of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; esters of an aromatic polyhydroxy compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid; aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds; and aromatic poly An ester obtained by esterification reaction of a polyvalent hydroxy compound such as a hydroxy compound with an unsaturated carboxylic acid or a polyvalent carboxylic acid.

作為上述脂肪族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可舉出乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、甘油丙烯酸酯等脂肪族聚羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯,將該等例示化合物之丙烯酸酯替代為甲基丙烯酸酯之甲基丙烯酸酯,同樣地將該等例示化合物之丙烯酸酯替代為伊康酸酯之伊康酸酯、替代為丁烯酸酯之丁烯酸酯或替代為順丁烯二酸酯之順丁烯二酸酯等。Examples of the ester of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. An acrylate of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound such as ester, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glycerin acrylate, etc. The acrylate of the exemplified compound is replaced by the methacrylate of the methacrylate, and the acrylate of the exemplified compounds is similarly replaced with the itaconate of the iconate, and the crotonic acid of the butyrate. The ester is replaced by maleic acid ester of maleic acid ester or the like.

作為芳香族聚羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可舉出對苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、對苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、鄰苯三酚三丙烯酸酯等芳香族聚羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the ester of the aromatic polyhydroxy compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcinol diacrylate, and resorcinol dimethyl. Acrylates and methacrylates of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds such as acrylate and pyrogallol triacrylate.

作為藉由多元羧酸及不飽和羧酸與多元羥基化合物之酯化反應而獲得之酯,未必為單一化合物,若舉出代表之具體例,則可舉出:丙烯酸、酞酸及乙二醇之縮合物,丙 烯酸、順丁烯二酸及二乙二醇之縮合物,甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸及季戊四醇之縮合物,丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油之縮合物等。The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single compound, and specific examples thereof include acrylic acid, citric acid, and ethylene glycol. Condensate, C a condensate of an olefinic acid, a maleic acid and a diethylene glycol, a condensate of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, a condensate of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol and glycerin, and the like.

作為其他於本發明中使用之多官能乙烯性單體的例,下述化合物較有用:使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或聚異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇及含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯反應而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸乙酯類;多元環氧化合物與羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸之加成反應物等環氧丙烯酸酯類;乙烯雙丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;酞酸二烯丙酯等烯丙基酯類;酞酸二乙烯酯等含有乙烯基之化合物等。As another example of the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer used in the present invention, the following compounds are useful: a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, or a polyisocyanate compound and a polyol and a hydroxyl group ( Ethylene acrylate (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting methyl acrylate; epoxy acrylate such as addition reaction of polyvalent epoxy compound with hydroxy (meth) acrylate or (meth) acrylate An acrylamide such as ethylene bis acrylamide; an allyl ester such as diallyl phthalate; a vinyl group-containing compound such as divinyl phthalate.

該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

〈感光性著色樹脂組成物之其他調配成分〉<Other compounding components of photosensitive colored resin composition>

除了上述成分以外,可適當地於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中調配入有機溶劑、密黏提升劑、塗佈性提升劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、矽烷偶合劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物等。In addition to the above-mentioned components, an organic solvent, a tackifier, a coating enhancer, a development improver, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, a decane coupling agent, and the like may be suitably blended in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. Surfactants, pigment derivatives, and the like.

(1)有機溶劑 本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物通常以將鹼可溶性樹脂(A)、光聚合起始劑(B)、色料(C)及視需要所使用之各種材料溶解或分散於有機溶劑中之狀態使用。(1) Organic solvents The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is usually in a state in which an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (B), a colorant (C), and various materials used as needed are dissolved or dispersed in an organic solvent. use.

作為有機溶劑,較佳係選擇沸點為100~300℃之範圍者。更佳為具有120~280℃之沸點的溶劑。As the organic solvent, those having a boiling point of from 100 to 300 ° C are preferably selected. More preferably, it is a solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 280 °C.

作為上述有機溶劑,例如可舉出以下者。Examples of the organic solvent include the following.

如乙二醇單甲基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、乙二醇單丙基醚、乙二醇單丁基醚、丙二醇單甲基醚、丙二醇單乙基醚、丙二醇單正丁基醚、丙二醇第三丁基醚、二乙二醇單甲基醚、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單正丁基醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二丙二醇單乙基醚、二丙二醇單甲基醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、三乙二醇單甲基醚、三乙二醇單乙基醚、三丙二醇甲基醚之二醇單烷基醚類;如乙二醇二甲基醚、乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二醇二甲基醚、二乙二醇二乙基醚、二乙二醇二丙基醚、二乙二醇二丁基醚、二丙二醇二甲基醚之二醇二烷基醚類;如乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁基醚乙酸酯、乙酸甲氧基丁酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲氧基戊酯、二乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯之二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類;乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己二醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯類;環己醇乙酸酯等烷基乙酸酯類;如戊基醚、二乙基醚、二丙基醚、二異丙基醚、二丁基醚、二戊基醚、乙基異丁基醚、二己基醚之醚類; 如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丙基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮之酮類;如乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄基醇之一元或多元醇類;如正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、雙戊烯、十二烷之脂肪族烴類;如環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯、聯環己烷之脂環式烴類;如苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯之芳香族烴類;如甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯之鏈狀或環狀酯類;如3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸之烷氧基羧酸類;如氯丁烷、氯戊烷之鹵化烴類;如甲氧基甲基戊酮之醚酮類;如乙腈、苄腈之腈類等:作為符合上述之市售溶劑,可舉出礦油精、varsol # 2、 APCO # 18溶劑、APCO稀釋劑、SOKAL溶劑No.1及No.2、SOLVESSO # 150、SHELL TS28溶劑、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、甲基賽路蘇、乙基賽路蘇、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚(均為商品名)等。Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl Ether, propylene glycol, tert-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl Ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether glycol monoalkane Ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethyl Glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether glycol dialkyl ether; such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol single positive Butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, Acid methoxypentyl ester, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether Acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, glycol methyl ether acetate of 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate ; glycol diacetate such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanediol diacetate; alkyl acetic acid such as cyclohexanol acetate An ester; an ether such as pentyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipentyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, dihexyl ether; Such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexyl Ketones, ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl decyl ketone, ketone of methoxy methyl pentanone; such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexyl Alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerol, benzyl alcohol or a polyol; such as n-pentane, An aliphatic hydrocarbon of n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene or dodecane; such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and a ring An alicyclic hydrocarbon of hexane; an aromatic hydrocarbon such as benzene, toluene, xylene, or cumene; such as amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate Methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl octanoate, butyl stearate Ethyl benzoate, 3-B Methyl oxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methyl a chain or cyclic ester of butyl oxypropionate or γ-butyrolactone; an alkoxycarboxylic acid such as 3-methoxypropionic acid or 3-ethoxypropionic acid; such as chlorobutane or chlorine Halogenated hydrocarbons of pentane; ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone; nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile; as a commercially available solvent in accordance with the above, mineral spirits, varsol #2, APCO #18 Solvent, APCO Diluent, SOKAL Solvent No.1 and No.2, SOLVESSO #150, SHELL TS28 Solvent, Carbitol, Ethyl Alcohol, Butyl Alcohol, Methyl Cyrus, B Kesailusu, ethyl sirolimus acetate, methyl sarbuta acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (all trade names) and the like.

該等有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用兩種以上。These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

(1-1)藉由光微影法形成彩色濾光片之像素或黑色矩陣時的有機溶劑 藉由光微影法而形成彩色濾光片之像素或黑色矩陣時,作為有機溶劑較佳為選擇沸點為100~200℃(壓力1013.25[hPa]條件下。以下關於沸點均相同。)之範圍者。更佳為具有120~170℃之沸點者。(1-1) Organic solvent when forming a color filter pixel or a black matrix by photolithography When a pixel or a black matrix of a color filter is formed by photolithography, it is preferable to select a boiling point of 100 to 200 ° C (pressure 1013.25 [hPa], and the same boiling point is the same as the organic solvent). By. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120 to 170 °C.

上述有機溶劑中,就塗佈性、表面張力等之平衡良好,組成物中之構成成分的溶解度較高之方面而言,較佳為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類。Among the above organic solvents, the balance between coatability and surface tension is good, and the solubility of the constituent components in the composition is preferably diol alkyl ether acetate.

又,二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類可單獨使用,亦可併用其他有機溶劑。作為併用之有機溶劑,特佳為二醇單烷基醚類。其中,就組成物中之構成成分的溶解性而言,特佳為丙二醇單甲基醚。再者,二醇單烷基醚類之極性高,若添加量過多則存在顏料易於凝聚,其後所獲得之著色樹脂組成物的黏度上升等保存穩定性降低之傾向,故而溶劑中之二醇單烷基醚類的比例較佳為5重量%~30重量%,更佳為5重量%~20重量%。Further, the glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used singly or in combination with other organic solvents. As the organic solvent to be used in combination, a glycol monoalkyl ether is particularly preferred. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferred in terms of solubility of the constituent components in the composition. Further, the diol monoalkyl ether has a high polarity, and if the amount of addition is too large, the pigment tends to aggregate, and the storage stability of the colored resin composition obtained thereafter is lowered, and the storage stability is lowered. The proportion of the monoalkyl ethers is preferably from 5% by weight to 30% by weight, more preferably from 5% by weight to 20% by weight.

又,併用具有150℃以上之沸點的有機溶劑(以下有時 稱作「高沸點溶劑」。)亦較佳。藉由併用上述高沸點溶劑,著色樹脂組成物難以乾燥,從而具有防止由於急速乾燥而破壞組成物中之顏料的均勻分散狀態之效果。即,具有防止例如狹縫噴嘴前端由於色料等的析出.固化而產生異物缺陷的效果。就該效果高之方面而言,上述各種溶劑中,特佳為二乙二醇單正丁基醚、二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、及二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯。Further, an organic solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher is used in combination (hereinafter sometimes It is called "high boiling point solvent". ) is also preferred. By using the above-mentioned high-boiling solvent in combination, the colored resin composition is difficult to dry, and has an effect of preventing the uniform dispersion state of the pigment in the composition from being destroyed by rapid drying. That is, it has the prevention of, for example, the front end of the slit nozzle due to the deposition of coloring materials and the like. Curing to produce foreign matter defects. In terms of the high effect, among the above various solvents, particularly preferred are diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether B. Acid ester.

有機溶劑中之高沸點溶劑的含有比例,較佳為3重量%~50重量%,更佳為5重量%~40重量%,特佳為5重量%~30重量%。若高沸點溶劑之量過少,則例如存在狹縫噴嘴前端由於色料等析出.固化而引起異物欠陷之虞,又,若過多則存在組成物之乾燥溫度升高,於後述之彩色濾光片製造步驟中會引起減壓乾燥製程的作業不良、或預烤之氣孔痕跡等問題之虞。The content of the high boiling point solvent in the organic solvent is preferably from 3% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably from 5% by weight to 40% by weight, particularly preferably from 5% by weight to 30% by weight. If the amount of the high boiling point solvent is too small, for example, there is a front end of the slit nozzle due to coloring or the like. When the solidification is caused by the solidification, the drying temperature of the composition is increased, and in the color filter manufacturing step to be described later, the operation of the vacuum drying process is poor, or the pre-baked pore marks are caused. The problem.

再者,沸點為150℃以上之高沸點溶劑亦可為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類,又,亦可為二醇烷基醚類,該情況時,亦可不另外含有沸點為150℃以上之高沸點溶劑。Further, the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C or higher may be a glycol alkyl ether acetate or a glycol alkyl ether. In this case, the boiling point may be 150 ° C or higher. High boiling point solvent.

作為較佳之高沸點溶劑,例如可舉出如上述各種溶劑中二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、三乙酸甘油酯等。Examples of preferred high-boiling point solvents include diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, and dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate in various solvents described above. 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, triacetin or the like.

(1-2)藉由噴墨法形成彩色濾光片之像素時的有機溶劑 藉由噴墨法形成彩色濾光片之像素時,作為有機溶劑,沸點通常為130℃以上且300℃以下,較佳為150℃以上 且280℃以下者較適宜。若有機溶劑之沸點過低,則存在所獲得之塗膜的均勻性不良之傾向。相反地,若溶劑沸點過高則如後述所示,著色樹脂組成物之乾燥抑制的效果高,即使於熱燒成後,於塗膜中亦大量存在殘留溶劑,導致品質上欠佳、或真空乾燥等之乾燥時間變長而作業時間增大等之不良情況。(1-2) An organic solvent when a pixel of a color filter is formed by an inkjet method When a pixel of a color filter is formed by an inkjet method, the boiling point of the organic solvent is usually 130 ° C or more and 300 ° C or less, preferably 150 ° C or more. And 280 ° C or less is more suitable. If the boiling point of the organic solvent is too low, the uniformity of the obtained coating film tends to be poor. On the other hand, when the boiling point of the solvent is too high, as described later, the effect of suppressing the drying of the colored resin composition is high, and even after the hot baking, a large amount of residual solvent is present in the coating film, resulting in poor quality or vacuum. The drying time such as drying becomes longer and the working time increases.

又,就所獲得之塗膜的均勻性觀點而言,可使用有機溶劑之蒸氣壓通常為10 mmHg以下,較佳為5 mmHg以下,更佳為1 mmHg以下者。Further, from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the obtained coating film, the vapor pressure of the organic solvent to be used is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, more preferably 1 mmHg or less.

再者,利用噴墨法製造彩色濾光片時,自噴嘴所噴出之油墨非常微細,為數pL~數十pL,故而有在噴至噴嘴口周邊或像素陣列內之前,有機溶劑蒸發而導致油墨濃縮.乾固之傾向。為了避免該現象,著色樹脂組成物中所包含之有機溶劑的沸點較高者較佳,具體而言,較佳係著色樹脂組成物包含沸點為180℃以上之溶劑。更佳係著色樹脂組成物含有沸點為200℃以上之有機溶劑,特佳係含有沸點為220℃以上之有機溶劑。又,沸點為180℃以上之高沸點溶劑,係於後述之油墨及/或彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物中所包含之全部有機溶劑中,較佳為50重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上,最佳為90重量%以上。全部有機溶劑中的沸點為180℃以上之高沸點溶劑的比例未滿50重量%時,亦存在有無法充分發揮防止溶劑自液滴蒸發之效果的情況。Further, when the color filter is manufactured by the ink jet method, the ink ejected from the nozzle is very fine, and is in the range of pL to several tens of pL, so that the organic solvent evaporates and causes the ink before being sprayed to the periphery of the nozzle opening or the pixel array. concentrate. The tendency to dry. In order to avoid this phenomenon, it is preferred that the organic solvent contained in the colored resin composition has a higher boiling point. Specifically, the colored resin composition preferably contains a solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C or higher. More preferably, the colored resin composition contains an organic solvent having a boiling point of 200 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably an organic solvent having a boiling point of 220 ° C or higher. In addition, the high-boiling solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C or higher is preferably 50% by weight or more, and more preferably 70% by weight of all the organic solvents contained in the colored resin composition for inks and/or color filters to be described later. The weight % or more is preferably 90% by weight or more. When the ratio of the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C or more in all the organic solvents is less than 50% by weight, the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the droplets may not be sufficiently exhibited.

作為沸點為180℃以上之高沸點溶劑的較佳例,例如可 舉出上述各種溶劑中之二乙二醇單正丁基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙基醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、三乙酸甘油酯等。As a preferred example of the high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 180 ° C or higher, for example, Among the above various solvents, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diethyl ether An acid ester, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, triacetin or the like.

進而,為了進行後述之油墨或著色樹脂組成物之黏度調整或固形份之溶解度調整,含有一部分之沸點低於180℃之有機溶劑亦屬有效。作為上述有機溶劑,較佳為低黏度且溶解性高,低表面張力者,較佳為醚類、酯類或酮類等。其中,特佳為環己酮、二丙二醇二甲基醚、環己醇乙酸酯等。Further, in order to adjust the viscosity of the ink or the colored resin composition to be described later or to adjust the solubility of the solid portion, it is also effective to contain a part of the organic solvent having a boiling point of less than 180 °C. The organic solvent is preferably a low viscosity and a high solubility, and a low surface tension is preferably an ether, an ester or a ketone. Among them, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclohexanol acetate, and the like are particularly preferred.

另一方面,若有機溶劑含有醇類,則有噴墨法中之吐出穩定性劣化之情況。因此,醇類較佳係於全部有機溶劑中設為20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下,特佳為5重量%以下。On the other hand, when the organic solvent contains an alcohol, the discharge stability in the inkjet method may be deteriorated. Therefore, the alcohol is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 5% by weight or less in all the organic solvents.

(2)矽烷偶合劑 為了改善與基板之密黏性,亦可添加矽烷偶合劑。作為矽烷偶合劑之種類,可單獨使用一種或混合兩種以上使用環氧系、甲基丙烯酸系、胺基系等各種矽烷偶合劑,特佳為環氧系之矽烷偶合劑。(2) decane coupling agent In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, a decane coupling agent may also be added. As the type of the decane coupling agent, one type or a mixture of two or more types may be used, and various decane coupling agents such as epoxy-based, methacrylic-based, and amine-based compounds may be used, and an epoxy-based decane coupling agent is particularly preferable.

(3)界面活性劑 作為界面活性劑,可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、兩性界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑之一種或兩種以上,就對諸特性造成不良影響之可能性低之方面而言,較佳為使用非離子系界面活性劑。(3) Surfactant As the surfactant, one or two or more kinds of various surfactants such as an anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant can be used, and the possibility of adversely affecting the properties is low. It is preferred to use a nonionic surfactant.

作為上述界面活性劑,例如可適宜使用日本專利特開 2003-322716號公報中所記載者。As the above surfactant, for example, a Japanese patent special opening can be suitably used. It is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-322716.

(4)顏料衍生物 作為顏料衍生物,可舉出偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、二系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、苝系、哌瑞酮系、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系、二系等之衍生物,其中較佳為喹酞酮系。(4) Pigment derivatives Examples of the pigment derivatives include azo, phthalocyanine, quinophthalone, benzimidazolone, quinophthalone, isoindolinone, and Department, lanthanide, indanthrene, lanthanide, piperidone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, two A derivative such as a quinacridone.

作為顏料衍生物之取代基,可舉出磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基、二烷基胺基烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基等直接或經由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結於顏料骨架上者,較佳為磺酸基。又,該等取代基亦可於一個顏料骨架上取代複數個。作為顏料衍生物之具體例,可舉出酞菁之磺酸衍生物、喹酞酮之磺酸衍生物、蒽醌之磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮之磺酸衍生物、二酮基吡咯并吡咯之磺酸衍生物、二之磺酸衍生物等。該等可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonylamino group and a quaternary salt thereof, a phthalimidomethyl group, a dialkylaminoalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a decylamino group. The sulfonic acid group is preferably bonded directly or via an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like to the pigment skeleton. Further, the substituents may be substituted for a plurality of pigment skeletons. Specific examples of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid derivative of phthalocyanine, a sulfonic acid derivative of quinacridone, a sulfonic acid derivative of hydrazine, a sulfonic acid derivative of quinacridone, and a diketopyrrole. Pyrrole sulfonic acid derivative, two Sulfonic acid derivatives and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

〈感光性著色樹脂組成物中之成分調配量〉<Component Composition in Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition>

鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之含量,係相對於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物的總固形份通常為5重量%以上,較佳為10重量%以上,通常為85重量%以下,較佳為80重量%以下。若鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之含量顯著較少,則未曝光部分於顯影液中的溶解性降低,易引起顯影不良。相反地,若鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之含量過多,則顯影液對曝光部之滲透性變高,導致像素之鮮明性及密黏性惡化。The content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, and usually 85% by weight or less, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. 80% by weight or less. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is remarkably small, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developer is lowered, and development failure is liable to occur. On the other hand, when the content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is too large, the permeability of the developer to the exposed portion becomes high, and the sharpness and adhesion of the pixel are deteriorated.

如上述所示,於本發明中,亦可將鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之 一部分替換為其他黏合劑樹脂(F)。As described above, in the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin (A) can also be used. Part of it is replaced with other binder resin (F).

該情況時,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中,將以上述比例所包含之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)中的90重量%以下、例如10~90重量%、較佳為20~80重量%、更佳為30~70重量%替換為其他黏合劑樹脂(F),即,較佳係以其他黏合劑樹脂(F)相對於鹼可溶性樹脂(A)與其他黏合劑樹脂(F)之合計的比例為90重量%以下,例如10~90重量%、較佳為20~80重量%、更佳為30~70重量%之方式,併用其他黏合劑樹脂(F)與鹼可溶性樹脂(A)。In this case, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention contains 90% by weight or less, for example, 10 to 90% by weight, preferably 20 to 80% by weight, based on the alkali-soluble resin (A) contained in the above ratio. More preferably, it is replaced by 30 to 70% by weight of other binder resin (F), that is, preferably other binder resin (F) relative to the total of alkali-soluble resin (A) and other binder resin (F). The ratio is 90% by weight or less, for example, 10 to 90% by weight, preferably 20 to 80% by weight, more preferably 30 to 70% by weight, and other binder resin (F) and alkali-soluble resin (A) are used together. .

即,例如,作為其他黏合劑樹脂(F),藉由併用上述鹼可溶性樹脂(A'),可獲得提高所獲得之圖案的直線性,顯影時間及錐形角之調整變容易的效果,又,藉由使用鹼可溶性樹脂(A")或鹼可溶性樹脂(A1"),可獲得提高所獲得之圖案的直線性,顯影時間及錐形角之調整變容易的效果,然而若該等之含量過少則無法充分獲得使用該等其他黏合劑樹脂(F)所帶來的本發明之效果,若過多則本發明之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)的比例降低,因此有損該鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之效果。In other words, as the other binder resin (F), by using the alkali-soluble resin (A') in combination, it is possible to obtain an effect of improving the linearity of the obtained pattern, and the adjustment of the development time and the taper angle is easy. By using an alkali-soluble resin (A") or an alkali-soluble resin (A1"), it is possible to obtain an effect of improving the linearity of the obtained pattern, and the adjustment of the development time and the taper angle is easy, but if the content is such If the amount is too small, the effect of the present invention by using the other binder resin (F) cannot be sufficiently obtained. If the amount is too large, the ratio of the alkali-soluble resin (A) of the present invention is lowered, thereby impairing the alkali-soluble resin (A). The effect.

因此,併用鹼可溶性樹脂(A)與其他黏合劑樹脂(F)時,其併用比例較佳為上述範圍。Therefore, when the alkali-soluble resin (A) and the other binder resin (F) are used in combination, the combined ratio is preferably in the above range.

光聚合起始劑(B)之含量,係相對於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物的總固形份通常為0.1重量%以上,較佳為0.5重量%以上,更佳為0.7重量以上,通常為30重量%以下,較佳為20重量%以下。若光聚合起始劑(B)之含量 過少,則引起感度降低,相反若過多則未曝光部分於顯影液中的溶解性降低,易引起顯影不良。The content of the photopolymerization initiator (B) is usually 0.1% by weight or more, preferably 0.5% by weight or more, more preferably 0.7% by weight or more, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. It is 30% by weight or less, preferably 20% by weight or less. If the photopolymerization initiator (B) is contained If the amount is too small, the sensitivity is lowered. On the other hand, if the amount is too large, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developer is lowered, and development failure is liable to occur.

與光聚合起始劑(B)一同使用加速劑時,加速劑之含量係相對於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物的總固形份通常為0重量%以上,較佳為0.02重量%以上,通常為10重量%以下,較佳為5重量%以下,較佳係加速劑以相對於光聚合起始劑(B)為0.1~50重量%、尤其是0.1~10重量%之比例使用。When the accelerator is used together with the photopolymerization initiator (B), the content of the accelerator is usually 0% by weight or more, preferably 0.02% by weight or more based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. It is usually 10% by weight or less, preferably 5% by weight or less, and preferably the accelerator is used in an amount of 0.1 to 50% by weight, particularly 0.1 to 10% by weight, based on the photopolymerization initiator (B).

若包含光聚合起始劑(B)與加速劑等之光聚合起始劑系成分的調配比例顯著較低,則成為對曝光光線之感度降低的原因,相反地若顯著較高,則未曝光部分於顯影液中的溶解性降低,引起顯影不良。When the proportion of the photopolymerization initiator component including the photopolymerization initiator (B) and the accelerator is remarkably low, the sensitivity to the exposure light is lowered, and if it is remarkably high, it is not exposed. Part of the solubility in the developer is lowered, resulting in poor development.

又,增感色素於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物中所占的調配比例,於感光性著色樹脂組成物中的總固形份中通常為0~20重量%,較佳為0~15重量%,更佳為0~10重量%。Further, the proportion of the sensitizing dye in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is usually 0 to 20% by weight, preferably 0 to 15% by weight based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. %, more preferably 0 to 10% by weight.

色料(C)之含量,係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物中之總固形份量通常可於1~70重量%之範圍選擇。於該範圍中,更佳為10~70重量%,其中特佳為20~60重量%。若色料(C)之含量過少,則相對於色濃度之膜厚變得過大,存在對液晶單元化時之間隙控制等造成不良影響之情況。又,相反地若色料(C)之含量過多,則無法獲得充分之圖像形成性。The content of the coloring matter (C) is usually selected in the range of from 1 to 70% by weight based on the total solid content in the photosensitive colored resin composition. In this range, it is more preferably 10 to 70% by weight, and particularly preferably 20 to 60% by weight. When the content of the coloring material (C) is too small, the film thickness with respect to the color density becomes too large, and there is a case where the gap control during liquid crystal cell formation is adversely affected. On the contrary, if the content of the color material (C) is too large, sufficient image formation properties cannot be obtained.

再者,於感光性著色樹脂組成物中,鹼可溶性樹脂(A) 相對於色料(C)之量通常為20~500重量%,較佳為30~300重量%,更佳為50~200重量%之範圍。若鹼可溶性樹脂(A)相對於色料(C)之含量過低,則未曝光部分對於顯影液之溶解性降低,易引起顯影不良,若顯著較高則難以獲得所期望之像素膜厚。Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition, the alkali-soluble resin (A) The amount relative to the colorant (C) is usually 20 to 500% by weight, preferably 30 to 300% by weight, more preferably 50 to 200% by weight. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) relative to the coloring matter (C) is too low, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developing solution is lowered, and development failure is liable to occur, and if it is remarkably high, it is difficult to obtain a desired pixel film thickness.

分散劑(D)之含量,係於感光性著色樹脂組成物之固形份中通常為50重量%以下,較佳為30重量%以下,通常為1重量%以上,較佳為3重量%以上。又,分散劑(D)之含量,係相對於色料(C)通常為5重量%以上,特佳為10重量%以上,通常為200重量%以下,特佳為80重量%以下。若分散劑(D)之含量過少則存在無法獲得充分之分散性的情況,若過多則存在相對地其他成分之比例減少而使色濃度、感度、成膜性等降低之傾向。The content of the dispersing agent (D) is usually 50% by weight or less, preferably 30% by weight or less, usually 1% by weight or more, and preferably 3% by weight or more based on the solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. Further, the content of the dispersing agent (D) is usually 5% by weight or more, particularly preferably 10% by weight or more, usually 200% by weight or less, and particularly preferably 80% by weight or less based on the coloring matter (C). When the content of the dispersant (D) is too small, sufficient dispersibility may not be obtained. If the content of the dispersant (D) is too large, the ratio of the other components may decrease, and the color density, the sensitivity, the film formability, and the like tend to be lowered.

特佳是併用高分子分散劑與顏料衍生物作為分散劑(D),該情況時,顏料衍生物之調配比例,係相對於本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物的總固形份通常為0重量%以上,較佳為1重量%以上,通常為10重量%以下,較佳為5重量%以下。It is particularly preferable to use a polymer dispersant and a pigment derivative as a dispersing agent (D) in combination. In this case, the blending ratio of the pigment derivative is usually 0 by weight with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. % or more is preferably 1% by weight or more, usually 10% by weight or less, preferably 5% by weight or less.

使用光聚合性單體(E)時,其含量係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物之總固形份通常為90重量%以下,較佳為80重量%以下。若光聚合性單體(E)之含量過多則存在顯影液對曝光部之滲透性變高,變得難以獲得良好之圖像之情況。再者,光聚合性單體(E)之含量的下限通常為1重量%以上,較佳為5重量%以上。When the photopolymerizable monomer (E) is used, the content thereof is usually 90% by weight or less, preferably 80% by weight or less based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. When the content of the photopolymerizable monomer (E) is too large, the permeability of the developer to the exposed portion becomes high, and it becomes difficult to obtain a good image. In addition, the lower limit of the content of the photopolymerizable monomer (E) is usually 1% by weight or more, preferably 5% by weight or more.

使用界面活性劑時,其含量係相對於感光性著色樹脂組成物中之總固形份通常為0.001~10重量%,較佳為0.005~1重量%,更佳為0.01~0.5重量%,最佳為0.03~0.3重量%。若界面活性劑之含量少於上述範圍,則存在無法表現出塗佈膜之平滑性、均勻性之可能性,若過多,則不僅無法表現出塗佈膜之平滑性、均勻性,且其他特性惡化。When the surfactant is used, the content thereof is usually 0.001 to 10% by weight, preferably 0.005 to 1% by weight, more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by weight, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is 0.03 to 0.3% by weight. When the content of the surfactant is less than the above range, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film may not be exhibited, and if it is too large, not only the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film but also other characteristics may not be exhibited. deterioration.

再者,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物係使用上述有機溶劑來調整溶液,以使其固形份濃度通常成為5~50重量%,較佳為10~30重量%。Further, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the solution is adjusted using the above organic solvent so that the solid content concentration is usually 5 to 50% by weight, preferably 10 to 30% by weight.

〈感光性著色樹脂組成物之製造方法〉<Method for Producing Photosensitive Colored Resin Composition>

本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物(以下有時稱作「光阻」。)按照常法進行製造。The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "photoresist") is produced by a usual method.

通常,較佳為事先使用塗料調節器、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、石磨機、噴射磨機、均質機等對色料(C)進行分散處理。藉由分散處理而將色料(C)微粒子化,故光阻之塗佈特性提高。又,使用黑色色料作為色料(C)時,可有助於提高遮光能力。In general, it is preferred to disperse the colorant (C) in advance using a paint conditioner, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roll mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, or the like. Since the color material (C) is finely divided by the dispersion treatment, the coating property of the photoresist is improved. Moreover, when a black coloring material is used as a coloring material (C), it can contribute to the improvement of a light-shielding capability.

分散處理通常較佳為藉由併用色料(C)、有機溶劑及視需要所使用之分散劑(D)、及鹼可溶性樹脂(A)及/或其他黏合劑樹脂(F)之一部分或全部之系統進行(以下,有時將供給至分散處理中的混合物及由該處理所獲得之組成物稱作「油墨」。)。特別是若使用高分子分散劑作為分散劑(D),則抑制所獲得之油墨及光阻的經時增黏(分散穩定性優良),故較佳。The dispersion treatment is usually preferably carried out by using a coloring matter (C), an organic solvent, and optionally a dispersing agent (D), and an alkali-soluble resin (A) and/or other binder resin (F). The system is carried out (hereinafter, the mixture supplied to the dispersion treatment and the composition obtained by the treatment may be referred to as "ink"). In particular, when a polymer dispersant is used as the dispersing agent (D), it is preferable to suppress the time-dependent thickening of the obtained ink and the photoresist (excellent dispersion stability).

再者,對含有調配入著色樹脂組成物中之所有成分的溶液進行分散處理時,由於分散處理時所產生之散熱而有高反應性之成分變質之可能性。因此,較佳為藉由包含上述成分之系統進行分散處理。Further, when the solution containing all the components blended in the colored resin composition is subjected to dispersion treatment, there is a possibility that the highly reactive component is deteriorated due to heat generation during the dispersion treatment. Therefore, it is preferred to carry out the dispersion treatment by a system comprising the above components.

以砂磨機使色料(C)分散時,較佳為使用0.1~8 mm左右之直徑的玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。分散處理條件中,溫度通常為0℃至100℃,較佳為室溫至80℃之範圍。分散時間由於液體之組成及分散處理裝置的尺寸等而導致適宜時間不同,故需適宜調節。分散之標準在於控制油墨之光澤,以使光阻之20度鏡面光澤度(JIS Z8741)為100~200之範圍。光阻之光澤度低時,會存在分散處理不充分,導致粗大顏料(色料)粒子之殘留較多,顯影性、密黏性、析像性等變得並不充分之可能性。又,若進行分散處理直至光澤值超過上述範圍,則顏料破碎且產生較多超微粒子,故反而存在有損分散穩定性之傾向。When the coloring material (C) is dispersed by a sand mill, it is preferred to use glass beads or zirconia beads having a diameter of about 0.1 to 8 mm. In the dispersion treatment conditions, the temperature is usually from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably from room temperature to 80 ° C. The dispersion time is different depending on the composition of the liquid and the size of the dispersion processing apparatus, and the like, and it is necessary to adjust it appropriately. The standard of dispersion is to control the gloss of the ink so that the 20 degree specular gloss (JIS Z8741) of the photoresist is in the range of 100 to 200. When the glossiness of the photoresist is low, the dispersion treatment may be insufficient, and the coarse pigment (colorant) particles may remain in a large amount, and the developability, the adhesion, the resolution, and the like may be insufficient. Further, when the dispersion treatment is carried out until the gloss value exceeds the above range, the pigment is broken and a large amount of ultrafine particles are generated, so that the dispersion stability tends to be impaired.

繼而,將由上述分散處理所獲得之油墨與光阻中所包含之上述其他成分混合,製成均勻溶液。於光阻之製造步驟中,微細之雜質多混於液體中,故較理想的是將所獲得之光阻藉由過濾器等進行過濾處理。Then, the ink obtained by the above dispersion treatment is mixed with the above-mentioned other components contained in the photoresist to prepare a uniform solution. In the manufacturing step of the photoresist, fine impurities are often mixed in the liquid, so it is desirable to filter the obtained photoresist by a filter or the like.

[彩色濾光片][Color Filter]

繼而,針對使用本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物的彩色濾光片,按照其製造方法加以說明。Next, a color filter using the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention will be described in accordance with the production method thereof.

(1)透明基板(支持體) 作為彩色濾光片之透明基板,若為透明且具有適度之強 度則其材質並無特別限制。作為材質,例如可舉出聚苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂,聚丙烯、聚乙烯等聚烯烴系樹脂,聚碳酸酯,聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯,聚碸等熱塑性樹脂製片材;環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂片材;或各種玻璃等。其中,就耐熱性觀點而言,較佳為玻璃、耐熱性樹脂。(1) Transparent substrate (support) As a transparent substrate of a color filter, if it is transparent and moderately strong The material is not particularly limited. The material may, for example, be a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, a polyolefin resin such as polypropylene or polyethylene, or a thermoplastic resin sheet such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate or polyfluorene. A thermosetting resin sheet such as an epoxy resin, an unsaturated polyester resin or a poly(meth)acrylic resin; or various glasses. Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, glass or a heat resistant resin is preferred.

為了改良接著性等表面物性,亦可視需要對透明基板及黑色矩陣形成基板進行電暈放電處理、臭氧處理、矽烷偶合劑或胺基甲酸乙酯系樹脂等各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理等。In order to improve the surface physical properties such as adhesion, the transparent substrate and the black matrix-forming substrate may be subjected to a film forming treatment of various resins such as a corona discharge treatment, an ozone treatment, a decane coupling agent, or a urethane-based resin.

透明基板之厚度通常為0.05~10 mm,較佳為0.1~7 mm之範圍。又,進行各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理時,其膜厚通常為0.01~10 μm,較佳為0.05~5 μm之範圍。The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually in the range of 0.05 to 10 mm, preferably 0.1 to 7 mm. Further, when the film formation treatment of various resins is carried out, the film thickness is usually in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm, preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.

(2)黑色矩陣 藉由於透明基板上設置黑色矩陣,並通常形成紅色、綠色、藍色之像素圖像,可製造本發明之彩色濾光片,本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物可用作黑色、紅色、綠色、藍色中之至少一種光阻形成用塗佈液。關於黑色光阻,係於透明基板上之毛坯玻璃面上,關於紅色、綠色、藍色,係於形成於透明基板上之樹脂黑色矩陣形成面上或使用鉻化合物及其他遮光金屬材料所形成之金屬黑色矩陣形成面上,進行塗佈、加熱乾燥、圖像曝光、顯影及熱硬化之各處理,而形成各色之像素圖像。(2) Black matrix The color filter of the present invention can be produced by providing a black matrix on a transparent substrate and generally forming a pixel image of red, green, and blue. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can be used as black, red, and green. And at least one coating liquid for forming a photoresist in blue. The black photoresist is formed on the surface of the blank glass on the transparent substrate, and the red, green, and blue colors are formed on the resin black matrix forming surface formed on the transparent substrate or using a chromium compound and other light shielding metal materials. On the metal black matrix forming surface, each process of coating, heat drying, image exposure, development, and heat hardening is performed to form pixel images of respective colors.

黑色矩陣係利用遮光金屬薄膜或樹脂黑色矩陣用感光 性著色樹脂組成物而形成於透明基板上。作為遮光金屬材料可使用金屬鉻、氧化鉻、氮化鉻等鉻化合物,鎳與鎢合金等,亦可為使該等積層為複數層狀而成者。Black matrix is made of light-shielding metal film or resin black matrix The resin composition is colored on the transparent substrate. As the light-shielding metal material, a chromium compound such as metal chromium, chromium oxide or chromium nitride, nickel or a tungsten alloy or the like may be used, or the laminate may be formed in a plurality of layers.

該等金屬遮光膜一般係藉由濺鍍法形成,可藉由正型光阻形成膜狀之所期望之圖案後,對鉻使用將硝酸鈰銨與過氯酸及/或硝酸混合而成之蝕刻液,對其他材料使用與材料對應之蝕刻液,進行蝕刻,最後以專用之剝離劑剝離正型光阻,藉此形成黑色矩陣。The metal light-shielding film is generally formed by a sputtering method, and after forming a desired pattern in a film shape by a positive-type photoresist, a mixture of ammonium cerium nitrate and perchloric acid and/or nitric acid is used for chromium. The etching solution is etched using an etching liquid corresponding to the material for other materials, and finally the positive photoresist is peeled off by a dedicated stripping agent, thereby forming a black matrix.

該情況時,首先,藉由蒸鍍或濺鍍法等於透明基板上形成該等金屬或金屬.金屬氧化物之薄膜。繼而,於該薄膜上形成感光性著色樹脂組成物之塗膜後,使用具有條紋、馬賽克、三角形等重複圖案之光罩,對塗膜進行曝光.顯影,形成光阻圖像。其後,可對該塗膜實施蝕刻處理,從而形成黑色矩陣。In this case, first, the metal or metal is formed on the transparent substrate by evaporation or sputtering. A film of metal oxide. Then, after forming a coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition on the film, the film is exposed by using a mask having a repeating pattern such as a stripe, a mosaic, or a triangle. Develop to form a photoresist image. Thereafter, the coating film may be subjected to an etching treatment to form a black matrix.

利用樹脂黑色矩陣用感光性著色樹脂組成物時,係使用含有黑色色料之本發明的感光性著色樹脂組成物,形成黑色矩陣。例如使用單獨含有或含有複數種碳黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、花青黑、鈦黑等黑色色料,或含有自無機或有機顏料、染料中適宜選擇之紅色、綠色、藍色等之混合而成之黑色色料的感光性著色樹脂組成物,藉由與形成下述紅色、綠色、藍色之像素圖像的方法相同之方法,可形成黑色矩陣。When a photosensitive colored resin composition for a resin black matrix is used, a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention containing a black colorant is used to form a black matrix. For example, a black color material containing or containing a plurality of kinds of carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black, or the like, or a red, green, blue, etc. selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes is used. The photosensitive colored resin composition of the black color material obtained by mixing can form a black matrix by the same method as the method of forming the pixel image of red, green, and blue described below.

(3)像素之形成 (3-1)感光性著色樹脂組成物之塗佈 向設置了黑色矩陣之透明基板上塗佈含有紅色、綠色、藍色中任一色色料之感光性著色樹脂組成物,加以乾燥後,於塗膜上疊合光罩,經由該光罩進行圖像曝光、顯影、視需要進行熱硬化或光硬化,藉此形成像素圖像,製作著色層。分別對紅色、綠色、藍色三色的感光性著色樹脂組成物進行該操作,藉此可形成彩色濾光片圖像。(3) Formation of pixels (3-1) Coating of photosensitive colored resin composition A photosensitive colored resin composition containing any one of red, green, and blue color materials is applied onto a transparent substrate provided with a black matrix, dried, and a photomask is superposed on the coating film, and the photomask is patterned through the photomask. For example, exposure, development, thermal hardening or photohardening as necessary, thereby forming a pixel image, and producing a colored layer. This operation is performed on the photosensitive colored resin compositions of the three colors of red, green, and blue, respectively, whereby a color filter image can be formed.

彩色濾光片用之感光性著色樹脂組成物的塗佈可藉由旋轉塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、流塗法、模塗法、輥塗法或噴塗法等進行。其中,藉由模塗法可大幅削減塗佈液使用量,且完全沒有利用旋轉塗佈法時附著之薄霧等影響,可抑制異物產生等,就綜合觀點而言較佳。The application of the photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter can be carried out by a spin coating method, a wire bar coating method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method, or the like. In particular, the amount of the coating liquid used can be drastically reduced by the die-coating method, and the influence of mist or the like adhered by the spin coating method is not obtained at all, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of the overall viewpoint.

若塗膜之厚度過厚則圖案顯影變困難,並且液晶單元化步驟中之間隙調整變困難,若過薄則難以提高顏料濃度,無法表現出所期望之顏色。塗膜之厚度為乾燥後之膜厚,通常較佳為0.2~20 μm之範圍,更佳為0.5~10 μm之範圍,進而較佳為0.8~5 μm之範圍。If the thickness of the coating film is too thick, pattern development becomes difficult, and the gap adjustment in the liquid crystal unitization step becomes difficult. If it is too thin, it is difficult to increase the pigment concentration and the desired color cannot be expressed. The thickness of the coating film is a film thickness after drying, and is usually preferably in the range of 0.2 to 20 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10 μm, still more preferably in the range of 0.8 to 5 μm.

(3-2)塗膜之乾燥 向基板上塗佈感光性著色樹脂組成物後之塗膜的乾燥,較佳為利用使用了加熱板、紅外線(IR,infrared ray)烘箱或對流烘箱之乾燥法。乾燥之條件可根據上述溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機的性能等而適宜選擇。乾燥時間與溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機的性能等相應,通常自於40~200℃之溫度下乾燥15秒~5分鐘之範圍選擇,較佳為自於50~130℃之溫度下乾燥30秒~3分鐘之 範圍選擇。(3-2) Drying of the coating film The drying of the coating film after applying the photosensitive colored resin composition onto the substrate is preferably carried out by a drying method using a hot plate, an infrared (IR) infrared oven or a convection oven. The drying conditions can be appropriately selected depending on the kind of the solvent component described above, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like. The drying time is selected according to the kind of the solvent component and the performance of the dryer to be used, and is usually selected from the range of drying at a temperature of 40 to 200 ° C for 15 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably at a temperature of 50 to 130 ° C. Dry for 30 seconds to 3 minutes Range selection.

乾燥溫度越高則越提高塗膜與透明基板之接著性,然而若過高則導致黏合劑樹脂分解,引起熱聚合而產生顯影不良之情況。再者,該塗膜之乾燥步驟亦可為不提高溫度而於減壓腔室內進行乾燥之減壓乾燥法。The higher the drying temperature, the higher the adhesion between the coating film and the transparent substrate. However, if the drying temperature is too high, the binder resin is decomposed and thermal polymerization is caused to cause development failure. Further, the drying step of the coating film may be a vacuum drying method in which drying is performed in a decompression chamber without increasing the temperature.

(3-3)曝光 圖像曝光係以下述方式進行:於感光性著色樹脂組成物之塗膜上疊合負光罩圖案,經由該光罩圖案照射紫外線或可見光線之光源。此時,為了防止由於氧所引起之光聚合性層之感度降低,亦可視需要於光聚合性塗膜上形成聚乙烯醇層等氧阻斷層後再進行曝光。於上述圖像曝光中使用的光源並無特別限制。作為光源,例如可舉出氙氣燈、鹵素燈、鎢燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、中壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧燈、螢光燈等燈光源,或氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、準分子雷射、氮雷射、氦-鎘雷射、半導體雷射等雷射光源等。照射既定波長之光進行使用時,亦可利用光學濾光片。(3-3) exposure Image exposure is performed by laminating a negative mask pattern on a coating film of a photosensitive colored resin composition, and irradiating a light source of ultraviolet rays or visible rays through the mask pattern. In this case, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer due to oxygen from being lowered, it is also possible to form an oxygen blocking layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer on the photopolymerizable coating film, followed by exposure. The light source used in the above image exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of the light source include a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a fluorescent lamp, and the like, or an argon ion laser. , YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, xenon-cadmium laser, semiconductor laser and other laser sources. An optical filter can also be used when irradiating light of a predetermined wavelength.

(3-4)顯影 本發明之彩色濾光片可藉由下述方式形成:藉由上述光源對感光性著色樹脂組成物之塗膜進行圖像曝光後,藉由使用有機溶劑、或包含界面活性劑與鹼性化合物之水溶液的顯影,於基板上形成圖像。(3-4) Development The color filter of the present invention can be formed by subjecting a coating film of a photosensitive colored resin composition to image exposure by the above-mentioned light source, by using an organic solvent, or comprising a surfactant and a basic compound. The development of the aqueous solution forms an image on the substrate.

該水溶液中可進而包含有機溶劑、緩衝劑、錯合劑、染料或顏料。The aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffer, a binder, a dye or a pigment.

作為鹼性化合物,可舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等無機鹼性化合物,或單.二或三乙醇胺、單.二或三甲基胺、單.二或三乙基胺、單或二異丙基胺、正丁基胺、單.二或三異丙醇胺、乙烯亞胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH,Tetramethylammonium hydroxide)、膽鹼等有機鹼性化合物。該等鹼性化合物亦可為兩種以上之混合物。Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, potassium citrate, sodium metasilicate, and sodium phosphate. An inorganic basic compound such as potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate or ammonium hydroxide, or a single. Di- or triethanolamine, single. Di- or trimethylamine, single. Di- or triethylamine, mono or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, single. An organic basic compound such as diisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline or the like. These basic compounds may also be a mixture of two or more kinds.

作為界面活性劑,例如可舉出聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、山梨糖醇酐烷基酯類、單甘油烷基酯類等非離子系界面活性劑,烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、磺基丁二酸酯鹽類等陰離子性界面活性劑,烷基甜菜鹼類、胺基酸類等兩性界面活性劑。Examples of the surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceryl alkyl esters. Anionic interfacial activity such as nonionic surfactants, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, sulfosuccinates Amphoteric surfactants such as alkylbetaines and amino acids.

作為有機溶劑,例如可舉出異丙基醇、苄基醇、乙基賽路蘇、丁基賽路蘇、苯基賽路蘇、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。有機溶劑可單獨使用,且亦可與水溶液併用。Examples of the organic solvent include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl sirolius, butyl siroli, phenyl siroli, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, and the like. The organic solvent may be used singly or in combination with an aqueous solution.

顯影處理之條件並無特別限制,通常,顯影溫度為10~50℃之範圍,其中較佳為15~45℃,特佳為20~40℃,顯影方法可利用浸漬顯影法、噴霧顯影法、毛刷顯影法、超音波顯影法等任一種方法。The conditions of the development treatment are not particularly limited. Usually, the development temperature is in the range of 10 to 50 ° C, preferably 15 to 45 ° C, particularly preferably 20 to 40 ° C, and the development method can be carried out by a dip development method or a spray development method. Any method such as a brush development method or an ultrasonic development method.

(3-5)熱硬化處理 對顯影後之彩色濾光片基板實施熱硬化處理。此時之熱 硬化處理條件為:溫度於100~280℃之範圍、較佳為150~250℃之範圍內選擇,時間於5~60分鐘之範圍內選擇。經由該等一系列之步驟,完成一色之圖案化圖像形成。依序重複該步驟,將黑色、紅色、綠色、藍色進行圖案化,形成彩色濾光片。再者,4色之圖案化順序並不限於上述順序。(3-5) Thermal hardening treatment The developed color filter substrate is subjected to a heat hardening treatment. Heat at this time The curing treatment conditions are as follows: the temperature is selected in the range of 100 to 280 ° C, preferably 150 to 250 ° C, and the time is selected in the range of 5 to 60 minutes. Patterned image formation of one color is accomplished via the series of steps. This step is repeated in sequence, and black, red, green, and blue are patterned to form a color filter. Furthermore, the order of patterning of the four colors is not limited to the above order.

(3-6)透明電極之形成 對於彩色濾光片,直接於該狀態下於圖像上形成氧化銦錫(ITO,Indium Tin Oxide)等透明電極,用作彩色顯示器、液晶顯示裝置等之零件的一部分,然而,為了提高表面平滑性及耐久性,亦可視需要於圖像上設置聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺等外塗層。又,亦存在一部分於平面配向型驅動方式((IPS,In-Plane Switching)模式)等用途中並不形成透明電極之情況。(3-6) Formation of transparent electrode For the color filter, a transparent electrode such as indium tin oxide (ITO) is formed on the image directly in this state, and is used as a part of a component such as a color display or a liquid crystal display device, however, in order to improve surface smoothing For the sake of durability and durability, it is also possible to provide an outer coating such as polyamine or polyimine on the image. Further, there is a case where a transparent electrode is not formed in some applications such as a planar alignment type driving (IPS (In-Plane Switching) mode).

[液晶顯示裝置][Liquid Crystal Display Device]

本發明之液晶顯示裝置係使用上述本發明之彩色濾光片而製成者。The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is produced by using the above-described color filter of the present invention.

液晶顯示裝置通常係以下述方式而製作完成:於彩色濾光片上形成配向膜,於該配向膜上散布間隔件後,與對向基板貼合而形成液晶單元,於所形成之液晶單元中注入液晶,於對向電極上連接電線。作為配向膜,較適合為聚醯亞胺等之樹脂膜。配向膜之形成通常採用凹板印刷法及/或柔版印刷法,配向膜之厚度為數10 nm。藉由熱燒成而進行配向膜之硬化處理後,藉由紫外線照射或利用配向布 之處理而實施表面處理,加工為可調整液晶之傾斜度之表面狀態。The liquid crystal display device is usually formed by forming an alignment film on a color filter, dispersing a spacer on the alignment film, and bonding the substrate to the opposite substrate to form a liquid crystal cell in the formed liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal is injected and the wires are connected to the counter electrode. As the alignment film, a resin film such as polyimide or the like is preferable. The formation of the alignment film is usually performed by a gravure printing method and/or a flexographic printing method, and the thickness of the alignment film is several tens of nm. After the hardening treatment of the alignment film by thermal baking, irradiation with ultraviolet rays or use of an alignment cloth The surface treatment is performed by the treatment, and the surface state is adjusted to adjust the inclination of the liquid crystal.

作為間隔件,可使用對應於與對向基板之間隙(空隙)的大小者,通常2~8 μm者較適宜。藉由光微影法於彩色濾光片基板上形成透明樹脂膜之感光性間隔件(PS,photo spacer),亦可將其活用作為間隔件之替代。作為對向基板,通常可使用陣列基板,尤其是薄膜電晶體(TFT,thin-film transistor)基板較適宜。As the spacer, a size corresponding to the gap (void) with the counter substrate can be used, and it is usually 2 to 8 μm. A photosensitive spacer (PS, photo spacer) for forming a transparent resin film on the color filter substrate by photolithography can also be used as a substitute for the spacer. As the counter substrate, an array substrate, in particular, a thin film-transistor (TFT) substrate is generally used.

與對向基板貼合之間隙係由於液晶顯示裝置之用途而不同,通常於2~8 μm之範圍內選擇。與對向基板貼合後,液晶注入口以外之部分藉由環氧樹脂等密封材而密封。藉由紫外線(UV)照射及/或加熱而使密封材硬化,從而密封液晶單元周邊。The gap to be bonded to the counter substrate differs depending on the application of the liquid crystal display device, and is usually selected in the range of 2 to 8 μm. After bonding to the counter substrate, the portion other than the liquid crystal injection port is sealed by a sealing material such as an epoxy resin. The sealing material is cured by ultraviolet (UV) irradiation and/or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell.

將已將周邊密封之液晶單元切斷為面板單元後,於真空腔室內實施減壓,將上述液晶注入口浸漬於液晶中後,使腔室內進行洩氣,藉此將液晶注入至液晶單元內。液晶單元內之減壓度通常為1×10-2 ~1×10-7 Pa,較佳為1×10-3 ~1×10-6 Pa。又,較佳係於減壓時加熱液晶單元較佳,加熱溫度通常為30~100℃,更佳為50~90℃。減壓時之加熱保持通常為10~60分鐘之範圍,其後浸漬於液晶中。注入了液晶之液晶單元,藉由使UV硬化樹脂硬化而密封液晶注入口,藉此完成液晶顯示裝置(面板)。After the liquid crystal cell sealed in the periphery is cut into the panel unit, the pressure is reduced in the vacuum chamber, and the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in the liquid crystal, and then the inside of the chamber is deflated, thereby injecting the liquid crystal into the liquid crystal cell. The degree of pressure reduction in the liquid crystal cell is usually from 1 × 10 -2 to 1 × 10 -7 Pa, preferably from 1 × 10 -3 to 1 × 10 -6 Pa. Further, it is preferable to heat the liquid crystal cell at the time of pressure reduction, and the heating temperature is usually 30 to 100 ° C, more preferably 50 to 90 ° C. The heating at the time of pressure reduction is usually maintained in the range of 10 to 60 minutes, and thereafter immersed in the liquid crystal. The liquid crystal cell in which the liquid crystal is injected is filled, and the liquid crystal injection port is sealed by curing the UV hardening resin, thereby completing the liquid crystal display device (panel).

液晶之種類並無特別限制,可為芳香族系、脂肪族系、多環狀化合物等習知之液晶,且亦可為溶致型液晶,熱致 型液晶等之任一者。熱致型液晶中已知有向列型液晶、層列型液晶及膽固醇液晶等,可為任一者。The type of the liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and may be a conventional liquid crystal such as an aromatic system, an aliphatic system or a polycyclic compound, or may be a lyotropic liquid crystal, which is thermally induced. Any of liquid crystals, etc. Among the thermotropic liquid crystals, nematic liquid crystal, smectic liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal, and the like are known, and any of them may be used.

[有機EL顯示器][Organic EL Display]

本發明之有機EL顯示器係使用本發明之彩色濾光片而製成者。The organic EL display of the present invention is produced by using the color filter of the present invention.

使用本發明之彩色濾光片來製作有機EL顯示器時,例如如圖1中所示,首先,於透明支持基板10上製作形成了由著色樹脂組成物所形成之圖案(即,像素20、及設置於鄰接之像素20間的樹脂黑色矩陣(未圖示))而成之彩色濾光片,於該彩色濾光片上經由有機保護層30及無機氧化膜40而積層有機發光體500,藉此可製作有機EL元件100。再者,像素20及樹脂黑色矩陣中之至少一者係使用本發明之感光性著色樹脂組成物而製成者。作為有機發光體500之積層方法,可舉出:於彩色濾光片上表面逐次形成透明陽極50、電洞注入層51、電洞輸送層52、發光層53、電子注入層54、及陰極55之方法;或將形成於其他基板上之有機發光體500貼合於無機氧化膜40上之方法等。可使用由此所製作之有機EL元件100,藉由例如「有機EL顯示器」(OHM公司,2004年8月20日發行,時任靜士、安達千波矢、村田英幸著)中所記載之方法等,製作有機EL顯示器。When the organic EL display is produced by using the color filter of the present invention, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, first, a pattern formed of a coloring resin composition is formed on the transparent supporting substrate 10 (ie, the pixel 20, and a color filter formed by a resin black matrix (not shown) provided between the adjacent pixels 20, and the organic light-emitting body 500 is laminated on the color filter via the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40. This makes it possible to produce the organic EL element 100. Further, at least one of the pixel 20 and the resin black matrix is produced by using the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention. As a method of laminating the organic light-emitting body 500, a transparent anode 50, a hole injection layer 51, a hole transport layer 52, a light-emitting layer 53, an electron injection layer 54, and a cathode 55 are successively formed on the upper surface of the color filter. A method of bonding an organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 40 or the like. The organic EL device 100 produced by the method can be used, for example, the method described in "Organic EL Display" (OHM Corporation, issued on August 20, 2004, at the time of Jing Shi, Anda Chiba, and Murata Yuki). , making organic EL displays.

再者,本發明之彩色濾光片可應用於被動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器中,亦可應用於主動驅動方式之有機EL顯示器中。Furthermore, the color filter of the present invention can be applied to an organic EL display of a passive driving mode, and can also be applied to an organic EL display of an active driving mode.

[實施例][Examples]

繼而,舉出合成例、實施例及比較例對本發明加以更具體之說明,但本發明只要並未超出其要旨,則並不受以下實施例限定。The present invention will be more specifically described by way of Synthesis Examples, Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited by the following examples as long as they do not go beyond the gist of the invention.

〈合成例1:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅱ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (II)>

於反應容器中投入400重量份之日本化藥(股)製造之「NC3000」(上述通式(1-a)中,R41 =H,重量平均分子量為1900,環氧當量為288)、102重量份之丙烯酸、0.3重量份之對甲氧基酚、5重量份之三苯基膦、及264重量份之丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯,於95℃下攪拌直至酸值成為3 mgKOH/g以下。直至酸值達到目標為止需要9小時(酸值為2.2 mgKOH/g)。繼而,進一步添加151重量份之四氫酞酸酐,於95℃下使其反應4小時,獲得酸值為102 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3200之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅱ)溶液。Into the reaction vessel, 400 parts by weight of "NC3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (in the above formula (1-a), R 41 = H, weight average molecular weight: 1900, epoxy equivalent: 288), 102 was charged. Parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.3 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, 5 parts by weight of triphenylphosphine, and 264 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, were stirred at 95 ° C until the acid value became 3 mg KOH / g below. It takes 9 hours (acid value 2.2 mgKOH/g) until the acid value reaches the target. Then, 151 parts by weight of tetrahydrofurfuric anhydride was further added and reacted at 95 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) having an acid value of 102 mgKOH/g and measured by GPC. It is a solution of 3200 alkali soluble resin (II).

〈合成例2:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅲ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (III)>

於反應容器中投入400重量份之日本化藥(股)製造之「NC3000H」(上述通式(1-a)中,R41 =H,環氧當量為288,軟化點為69℃)、102重量份之丙烯酸、0.3重量份之對甲氧基酚、5重量份之三苯基膦、及264重量份之丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯,於95℃下攪拌直至酸值成為3 mgKOH/g以下。直至酸值達到目標為止需要9小時(酸值為2.2 mgKOH/g)。繼而,進而添加151重量份之四氫酞酸酐,於95℃下使其反應4小時,獲得酸值為102 mgKOH/g、且藉 由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3900之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅲ)溶液。Into the reaction vessel, 400 parts by weight of "NC3000H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (in the above formula (1-a), R 41 = H, epoxy equivalent of 288, softening point of 69 ° C), 102 was charged. Parts by weight of acrylic acid, 0.3 parts by weight of p-methoxyphenol, 5 parts by weight of triphenylphosphine, and 264 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, were stirred at 95 ° C until the acid value became 3 mg KOH / g below. It takes 9 hours (acid value 2.2 mgKOH/g) until the acid value reaches the target. Then, 151 parts by weight of tetrahydrofurfuric anhydride was further added and reacted at 95 ° C for 4 hours to obtain a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) having an acid value of 102 mgKOH/g and measured by GPC. It is a 3900 alkali soluble resin (III) solution.

〈合成例3:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅳ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (IV)>

使用重量平均分子量為3900之環氧樹脂(上述通式(1-a)中,R41 =H)替代「NC3000H」,藉由合成例2中之合成方法,獲得酸值為102 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為6800之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅳ)溶液。An epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 3,900 (R 41 =H in the above formula (1-a)) was used instead of "NC3000H", and an acid value of 102 mgKOH/g was obtained by the synthesis method in Synthesis Example 2. Further, the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC was 6800, an alkali-soluble resin (IV) solution.

〈合成例4:油墨之製備〉<Synthesis Example 4: Preparation of Ink>

於50重量份之彩色用碳黑(三菱化學公司製造之「MA-8」,平均粒子徑為24 μm,酞酸二丁酯(DBP,Dibutyl phthlate)吸油量為58 ml/100 g)中添加丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA,Propylene Glycol methyl Ether Acetate)及胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑「Disperbyk-182」(BYK-CHEMIE公司製造),以使該分散劑之固形份為10重量份的比例,且固形份濃度成為30重量%。分散液之總重量為181 g。50 parts by weight of color carbon black ("MA-8" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average particle diameter of 24 μm, dibutyl phthlate (DBP, Dibutyl phthlate) oil absorption of 58 ml / 100 g) Propylene Glycol methyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA) and a urethane polymer dispersant "Disperbyk-182" (manufactured by BYK-CHEMIE Co., Ltd.) so that the solid content of the dispersant is The ratio of 10 parts by weight, and the solid content concentration was 30% by weight. The total weight of the dispersion was 181 g.

藉由攪拌機將其充分攪拌,進行預混。接著,藉由塗料振盪器而於25~45℃之範圍內進行6小時分散處理。作為珠粒,使用0.5 mm之氧化鋯珠,添加與分散液相同之重量。分散結束後(JIS Z8741中之20度鏡面光澤度為170),藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離,製備油墨1。The mixture was thoroughly stirred by a mixer to carry out premixing. Next, dispersion treatment was carried out for 6 hours in the range of 25 to 45 ° C by a coating shaker. As beads, use 0.5 mm The zirconia beads are added in the same weight as the dispersion. After the completion of the dispersion (the 20 degree specular gloss of 170 in JIS Z8741), the beads were separated from the dispersion by a filter to prepare Ink 1.

〈合成例5:鹼可溶性樹脂(V)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (V)>

使用140重量份之「NC3000H」及260重量份之「NC3000」 替代400重量份之「NC3000H」,藉由合成例2中之合成方法,獲得酸值為102 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3450之鹼可溶性樹脂(V)溶液。Use 140 parts by weight of "NC3000H" and 260 parts by weight of "NC3000" In place of 400 parts by weight of "NC3000H", a synthesis method of Synthesis Example 2 was carried out to obtain a base having an acid value of 102 mgKOH/g and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 3,450 as measured by GPC. Soluble resin (V) solution.

〈合成例6:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅵ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (VI)>

使用160重量份之用於合成例3中的重量平均分子量為3900之環氧樹脂(上述通式(1-a)中,R41 =H)及240重量份之「NC3000H」替代400重量份之「NC3000H」,藉由合成例2中之合成方法,獲得酸值為102 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5100之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅵ)溶液。160 parts by weight of an epoxy resin having a weight average molecular weight of 3,900 (R 41 = H in the above formula (1-a)) and 240 parts by weight of "NC3000H" used in Synthesis Example 3 were used instead of 400 parts by weight. "NC3000H", by the synthesis method in Synthesis Example 2, an alkali-soluble resin (VI) having an acid value of 102 mgKOH/g and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5100 as measured by GPC was obtained. Solution.

〈合成例7:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅶ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (VII)>

於安裝了溫度計、攪拌機、冷凝管之燒瓶中投入40 g之上述構造式所表示之環氧化合物(環氧當量231)、12.7 g之丙烯酸、47.8 g之乙酸甲氧基丁酯、1.00 g之三苯基膦及0.025 g之對甲氧基酚,一邊攪拌、一邊於90℃下使其反應直至酸值成為5 mgKOH/g以下。反應需要15 小時,獲得環氧丙烯酸酯溶液。40 g of the epoxy compound (epoxy equivalent 231) represented by the above formula, 12.7 g of acrylic acid, 47.8 g of methoxybutyl acetate, and 1.00 g were placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a condenser. Triphenylphosphine and 0.025 g of p-methoxyphenol were reacted at 90 ° C while stirring until the acid value became 5 mgKOH/g or less. Reaction needs 15 An epoxy acrylate solution was obtained in an hour.

於安裝了溫度計、攪拌機、冷凝管之燒瓶中投入25份之上述環氧丙烯酸酯溶液及0.76重量份之三羥甲基丙烷(TMP,trimethylolpropane)、3.7重量份之聯苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、及3.9重量份之四氫酞酸酐(THPA,Tetrahydrophthalic anhydride),一邊攪拌、一邊慢慢升溫至105℃而使其反應。25 parts of the above epoxy acrylate solution and 0.76 parts by weight of trimethylolpropane and 3.7 parts by weight of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a condenser. And 3.9 parts by weight of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA), and the mixture was gradually heated to 105 ° C while stirring to cause a reaction.

樹脂溶液變透明後,以乙酸甲氧基丁酯稀釋,進行製備以使固形份成為50重量%,獲得酸值為131 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為3000之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅶ)。After the resin solution became transparent, it was diluted with methoxybutyl acetate to prepare a solid content of 50% by weight to obtain an acid value of 131 mgKOH/g, and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by GPC. (Mw) is an alkali-soluble resin (VII) of 3,000.

再者,該鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅶ)相當於本發明中之「鹼可溶性樹脂(A’)」。Further, the alkali-soluble resin (VII) corresponds to the "alkali-soluble resin (A')" in the present invention.

〈合成例8:鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅷ)之合成〉<Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin (VIII)>

於安裝了溫度計、攪拌機、冷凝管之燒瓶中投入50 g之上述構造的環氧化合物(環氧當量為264)、13.65 g之丙烯酸、60.5 g之乙酸甲氧基丁酯、0.936 g之三苯基膦、及0.032 g之對甲氧基酚,一邊攪拌、一邊於90℃下使 其反應直至酸值成為5 mgKOH/g以下。反應需要12小時,獲得環氧丙烯酸酯溶液。50 g of the above-structured epoxy compound (epoxy equivalent: 264), 13.65 g of acrylic acid, 60.5 g of methoxybutyl acetate, and 0.936 g of triphenyl were placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a condenser. a phosphine, and 0.032 g of p-methoxyphenol, while stirring, at 90 ° C The reaction is carried out until the acid value becomes 5 mgKOH/g or less. The reaction took 12 hours to obtain an epoxy acrylate solution.

於安裝了溫度計、攪拌機、冷凝管之燒瓶中投入25重量份之上述環氧丙烯酸酯溶液及0.76重量份之三羥甲基丙烷(TMP)、3.3重量份之聯苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、3.5重量份之四氫酞酸酐(THPA),一邊攪拌、一邊慢慢升溫至105℃而使其反應。25 parts by weight of the above epoxy acrylate solution and 0.76 parts by weight of trimethylolpropane (TMP) and 3.3 parts by weight of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA) were placed in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a condenser. 3.5 parts by weight of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) was gradually heated to 105 ° C while stirring to cause a reaction.

樹脂溶液變透明後,以乙酸甲氧基丁酯稀釋,進行製備以使固形份成為50重量%,獲得酸值為131 mgKOH/g、且藉由GPC所測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)為2600之鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅷ)。After the resin solution became transparent, it was diluted with methoxybutyl acetate to prepare a solid content of 50% by weight to obtain an acid value of 131 mgKOH/g, and a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by GPC. (Mw) is an alkali soluble resin (VIII) of 2,600.

再者,該鹼可溶性樹脂(Ⅷ)相當於本發明中之「鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")」。In addition, the alkali-soluble resin (VIII) corresponds to the "alkali-soluble resin (A1")" in the present invention.

[實施例1~6及比較例1~3][Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3]

(1)光阻(感光性著色樹脂組成物)之製備 使用合成例4中所製備之油墨1,以下述之調配比例添加各成分,藉由攪拌器進行攪拌,使其溶解,製備黑色光阻。(1) Preparation of photoresist (photosensitive colored resin composition) Using the ink 1 prepared in Synthesis Example 4, each component was added in the following blending ratio, and the mixture was stirred and dissolved by a stirrer to prepare a black photoresist.

〈調配比例〉<mixing ratio>

合成例4中所製備之油墨1:固形份為50 g合成例1至3及5至8中所製備之各鹼可溶性樹脂溶液:固形份為30 g光聚合性單體(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯):10 g含有高分子分散劑之溶液(BYK-CHEMIE公司製造之 「byk-182」):固形份為5 g光聚合起始劑(汽巴精化公司製造之「CGI242」,下述構造式所表示之肟酯系化合物):5 g 有機溶劑(PGMEA):300 g界面活性劑(住友3M公司製造之「FC-430」氟系界面活性劑):於光阻中之濃度成為100 ppm之量Ink 1 prepared in Synthesis Example 4: solid content was 50 g of each alkali-soluble resin solution prepared in Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 and 5 to 8: solid content was 30 g of photopolymerizable monomer (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) ): 10 g of a solution containing a polymer dispersant ("byk-182" manufactured by BYK-CHEMIE Co., Ltd.): 5 g of a photopolymerization initiator (CGI242) manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals Co., Ltd., the following structure An oxime ester compound represented by the formula: 5 g Organic solvent (PGMEA): 300 g of surfactant ("FC-430" fluorine-based surfactant manufactured by Sumitomo 3M): The concentration in the photoresist becomes 100 ppm.

(2)光阻之評價 藉由旋轉塗佈機而將(1)中所製備之黑色光阻塗佈於玻璃基板(康寧(Corning)公司製造之「7059」)上,以加熱板於80℃下乾燥1分鐘。以觸針式膜厚計(Tencor公司製造「α-STEP」)測定乾燥後之光阻的膜厚,為1 μm。繼而,通過光罩,以高壓水銀燈改變曝光量,對該樣品實施像曝光。其後,於溫度為25℃下,使用濃度為0.8重量%之碳酸鈉水溶液進行噴霧顯影,藉此獲得光阻圖案。(2) Evaluation of photoresist The black photoresist prepared in (1) was applied onto a glass substrate ("7059" manufactured by Corning Co., Ltd.) by a spin coater, and dried at 80 ° C for 1 minute with a hot plate. The film thickness of the photoresist after drying was measured by a stylus type film thickness meter ("α-STEP" manufactured by Tencor Corporation) to be 1 μm. Then, the exposure amount was changed by a high pressure mercury lamp through a photomask, and image exposure was performed on the sample. Thereafter, spray development was carried out using a sodium carbonate aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.8% by weight at a temperature of 25 ° C, whereby a photoresist pattern was obtained.

針對所形成之光阻圖案,以下述基準評價感度、析像力及遮光性,將結果示於表-1中。With respect to the formed resist pattern, the sensitivity, the resolution, and the light blocking property were evaluated by the following criteria, and the results are shown in Table-1.

1.感度 以可形成對應尺寸之適宜曝光量(mJ/cm2 )表示尺寸為20 μm之光罩圖案的感度。即,該曝光量較少之光阻可以 低曝光量形成圖像,故而顯示出高感度。1. Sensitivity The sensitivity of a reticle pattern having a size of 20 μm is expressed in a suitable exposure amount (mJ/cm 2 ) at which a corresponding size can be formed. That is, the photoresist having a small amount of exposure can form an image with a low exposure amount, and thus exhibits high sensitivity.

2.析像力 於200倍之倍率下,以顯微鏡觀察完整地再現尺寸為20 μm之光罩圖案的曝光量中之可析像之光阻最小圖案尺寸。2. Resolution The minimum pattern size of the resolvable photoresist in the exposure amount of the reticle pattern having a size of 20 μm was completely observed under a microscope at a magnification of 200 times.

最小圖案尺寸為10 μm以下:◎最小圖案尺寸超過10 μm且為15 μm以下:○最小圖案尺寸超過15 μm:×The minimum pattern size is 10 μm or less: ◎ The minimum pattern size exceeds 10 μm and is 15 μm or less: ○ The minimum pattern size exceeds 15 μm: ×

3.遮光性 以麥克貝思(macbeth)反射濃度計(Kollmorgen公司製造之「TR927」)測定影像部之光學密度(OD,Optical Density)。再者,OD值係表示遮光能力之數值,數值越大表示遮光性越高。3. Shading The optical density (OD, Optical Density) of the image portion was measured with a Macbeth reflection densitometer ("TR927" manufactured by Kollmorgen Co., Ltd.). Further, the OD value indicates the value of the light blocking ability, and the larger the value indicates the higher the light blocking property.

4.直線性 於1000倍之倍率下,以顯微鏡觀察完整地再現尺寸為20 μm之光罩圖案的曝光量中之細線黑色像素之形狀。4. Linearity The shape of the thin black pixel in the exposure amount of the reticle pattern having a size of 20 μm was completely observed by a microscope at a magnification of 1000 times.

邊緣之直線性優良:◎邊緣之直線性比較良好:○邊緣存在若干之突起或凹凸:△邊緣之突起或凹凸相當多:×The linearity of the edge is excellent: ◎ The linearity of the edge is relatively good: ○ There are a number of protrusions or irregularities at the edge: △ The edge of the protrusion or the unevenness is quite: X

由表1可知:藉由本發明,可提供一種高感度且析像性、遮光性優良之感光性著色樹脂組成物。As apparent from Table 1, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition which is high in sensitivity, excellent in resolution and light-shielding property.

使用既定之態樣對本發明進行了詳細說明,但只要未脫離本發明之意圖與範圍,亦可進行各種變更,此為本技術領域從業者所明知。The present invention has been described in detail with reference to the preferred embodiments of the present invention, and various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

再者,本申請案係基於2007年6月11日提出申請之日本專利申請案(特願2007-154159),藉由引用將其整體引用於本發明中。In addition, the present application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on Jun.

10‧‧‧透明支持基板10‧‧‧Transparent support substrate

20‧‧‧像素20‧‧ ‧ pixels

30‧‧‧有機保護層30‧‧‧Organic protective layer

40‧‧‧無機氧化膜40‧‧‧Inorganic oxide film

50‧‧‧透明陽極50‧‧‧Transparent anode

51‧‧‧電洞注入層51‧‧‧ hole injection layer

52‧‧‧電洞輸送層52‧‧‧ hole transport layer

53‧‧‧發光層53‧‧‧Lighting layer

54‧‧‧電子注入層54‧‧‧Electronic injection layer

55‧‧‧陰極55‧‧‧ cathode

100‧‧‧有機EL元件100‧‧‧Organic EL components

500‧‧‧有機發光體500‧‧‧Organic emitters

圖1係表示具備本發明之彩色濾光片的有機EL元件之一例的剖面概略圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL device including the color filter of the present invention.

Claims (14)

一種彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,係含有使下述通式(1-a)所表示之環氧樹脂(a)與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b)的反應物進一步與多元酸及/或其酐(c)反應而獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(A)、光聚合起始劑(B)及色料(C)者,其特徵在於,鹼可溶性樹脂(A)之利用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量為3300以上且50000以下, [上述通式(1-a)中,n表示平均值,表示0~10之數;R41 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數為1~8之烷基、碳數為3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基或聯苯基之任一者;再者,於1分子中存在的複數個R41 可分別相同亦可不同;G表示環氧丙基(glycidyl group)]。A photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter comprising a reaction product of an epoxy resin (a) represented by the following formula (1-a) and a carboxylic acid (b) containing an unsaturated group; The alkali-soluble resin (A), the photopolymerization initiator (B), and the colorant (C) obtained by reacting a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof (c), characterized in that the alkali-soluble resin (A) is used for coagulation The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is 3,300 or more and 50,000 or less. [In the above formula (1-a), n represents an average value, and represents a number of 0 to 10; and R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a ring having a carbon number of 3 to 10. Any one of an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group; further, a plurality of R 41 present in one molecule may be the same or different; G represents a glycidyl group]. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步包含分散劑(D)。 A photosensitive coloring resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, further comprising a dispersing agent (D). 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有光聚合性單體(E)。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first or second aspect of the invention, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (E). 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A')而成, 該鹼可溶性樹脂(A')係使下述通式(1-a')所表示之環氧化合物(a')與α,β-不飽和單羧酸及/或於酯部分具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯(b')的反應物,與多元酸及/或其酐(c')反應而獲得, [上述通式(1-a')中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示烷基或鹵素原子;R33 及R34 分別獨立地表示伸烷基;x及y分別獨立地表示0以上的整數]。The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A'), wherein the alkali-soluble resin (A') has the following formula (1) a reaction of the epoxy compound (a') represented by -a') with an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and/or an α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester (b') having a carboxyl group at the ester moiety Obtained by reacting with a polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c'), [In the above formula (1-a'), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group or a halogen atom; and R 33 and R 34 each independently represent an extension. An alkyl group; x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more]. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A")而成,該鹼可溶性樹脂(A")係使下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")的反應物,與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得, [上述通式(1-a")中,X表示下述通式(2a)、(2b)或(3)所表示之連結基;其中,分子構造中包含1個以上金剛烷構造;1表示2或3之整數; (上述通式(2a)及(2b)中,R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基;上述通式(3)中,R5 ~R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基;Y表示可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結基;上述通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中,*表示與通式(1-a")中之環氧丙氧基的鍵結部位)]。The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A"), wherein the alkali-soluble resin (A") has the following formula (1) A reaction product of the epoxy compound (a") represented by -a") and a carboxylic acid (b") containing an unsaturated group, which is obtained by reacting with a polybasic acid and/or an anhydride thereof (c"), In the above formula (1-a"), X represents a linking group represented by the following formula (2a), (2b) or (3); wherein the molecular structure includes one or more adamantane structures; An integer of 2 or 3; (In the above formulae (2a) and (2b), R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 1~ a 12-alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a substituent; in the above formula (3), R 5 to R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent; Y represents a divalent linking group containing an adamantane structure which may have a substituent; in the above formulas (2a), (2b) and (3), * represents a formula (1) The bonding site of the glycidoxy group in a"))]. 如申請專利範圍第5項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,多元酸及/或其酐(c")含有下述(i)及(ii),(i){四元酸及/或其酐}及/或{二元酸及/或其酐}(ii)三元酸及/或其酐。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of claim 5, wherein the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") comprises the following (i) and (ii), (i) {four yuan Acid and/or its anhydride} and/or {dibasic acid and/or its anhydride} (ii) tribasic acid and/or its anhydride. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,進一步含有鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")而成, 該鹼可溶性樹脂(A1")係將下述通式(1-a")所表示之環氧化合物(a")與含有不飽和基之羧酸(b")的反應物,與多元醇(d")混合,使該混合物與多元酸及/或其酐(c")反應而獲得, [上述通式(1-a")中,X表示下述通式(2a)、(2b)或(3)所表示之連結基;其中,分子構造中包含1個以上金剛烷構造;1表示2或3之整數; (上述通式(2a)及(2b)中,R1 ~R4 及R13 ~R15 分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基;上述通式(3)中,R5 ~R12 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數為1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基;Y表示可具有取代基之包含金剛烷構造的2價之連結 基;上述通式(2a)、(2b)及(3)中,*表示與通式(1-a")中之環氧丙氧基的鍵結部位)]。The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, further comprising an alkali-soluble resin (A1"), wherein the alkali-soluble resin (A1") has the following formula (1) a reaction product of the epoxy compound (a") represented by -a") and a carboxylic acid (b") containing an unsaturated group, and a polyol (d"), the mixture and the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride Obtained by (c") reaction, In the above formula (1-a"), X represents a linking group represented by the following formula (2a), (2b) or (3); wherein the molecular structure includes one or more adamantane structures; An integer of 2 or 3; (In the above formulae (2a) and (2b), R 1 to R 4 and R 13 to R 15 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon number which may have a substituent of 1~ a 12-alkyl group or a phenyl group which may have a substituent; in the above formula (3), R 5 to R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent; Y represents a divalent linking group containing an adamantane structure which may have a substituent; in the above formulas (2a), (2b) and (3), * represents a formula (1) The bonding site of the glycidoxy group in a"))]. 如申請專利範圍第7項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,多元酸及/或其酐(c")含有下述(i)及(ii),(i){四元酸及/或其酐}及/或{二元酸及/或其酐}(ii)三元酸及/或其酐。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for color filters of claim 7, wherein the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride (c") comprises the following (i) and (ii), (i) {four yuan Acid and/or its anhydride} and/or {dibasic acid and/or its anhydride} (ii) tribasic acid and/or its anhydride. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,光聚合起始劑(B)包含肟酯衍生物類。 The photosensitive coloring resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (B) comprises an oxime ester derivative. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,色料(C)之含量係於感光性著色樹脂組成物的總固形份中為20~60重量%。 The photosensitive colored resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the content of the colorant (C) is 20 to 60% by weight based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項之彩色濾光片用感光性著色樹脂組成物,其中,色料(C)含有黑色色料。 A photosensitive coloring resin composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the color material (C) contains a black coloring material. 一種彩色濾光片,其係於透明基板上具有使用申請專利範圍第1至11項中任一項之感光性著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素或黑色矩陣。 A color filter comprising a pixel or a black matrix formed using the photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11 on a transparent substrate. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其係使用申請專利範圍第12項之彩色濾光片而製作。 A liquid crystal display device produced by using a color filter of claim 12 of the patent application. 一種有機EL顯示器,其係使用申請專利範圍第12項之彩色濾光片而製作。 An organic EL display produced by using a color filter of claim 12 of the patent application.
TW097121653A 2007-06-11 2008-06-11 Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display TWI449968B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007154159 2007-06-11

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200916851A TW200916851A (en) 2009-04-16
TWI449968B true TWI449968B (en) 2014-08-21

Family

ID=40129605

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097121653A TWI449968B (en) 2007-06-11 2008-06-11 Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5343410B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101477981B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101548203B (en)
TW (1) TWI449968B (en)
WO (1) WO2008153000A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5096814B2 (en) * 2007-07-04 2012-12-12 東京応化工業株式会社 Colored photosensitive composition
JP2011099919A (en) * 2009-11-04 2011-05-19 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP2012083549A (en) * 2010-10-12 2012-04-26 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP5829849B2 (en) * 2011-07-06 2015-12-09 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 Method for producing adamantane derivative
WO2013011687A1 (en) * 2011-07-19 2013-01-24 日本化薬株式会社 Colored resin composition for color filters
KR102007133B1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2019-08-02 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, colored spacer, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
EP2805347B1 (en) * 2012-01-19 2018-03-07 Brewer Science, Inc. Nonpolymeric antireflection compositions containing adamantyl groups
KR102078989B1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2020-02-19 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Colored photosensitive composition, black photo spacer, and color filter
CN102880002B (en) * 2012-10-09 2015-09-23 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 A kind of black-colored photosensitive resin composition, display panel and liquid crystal display
TWI463257B (en) * 2012-11-23 2014-12-01 Chi Mei Corp Photosensitive resin composition for color filters and uses thereof
KR101609634B1 (en) 2012-12-26 2016-04-06 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same
KR101526678B1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-06-05 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display having the same
KR102540420B1 (en) * 2013-09-25 2023-06-05 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Photosensitive coloring composition, black matrix, coloring spacer, image display device, and pigment dispersion
CN105745576B (en) * 2013-11-28 2019-12-17 日本化药株式会社 Active energy ray-curable resin composition and spacer for display element and/or color filter protective film using same
US9285521B2 (en) * 2014-05-28 2016-03-15 Chi Mei Corporation Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and uses thereof
KR102195638B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2020-12-28 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereby
JP5959125B2 (en) * 2015-01-22 2016-08-02 日本化薬株式会社 Reactive carboxylate compound, active energy ray-curable resin composition using the same, and use thereof
JP6996175B2 (en) * 2016-09-27 2022-01-17 東レ株式会社 Photosensitive composition for color filter and color filter substrate using it
JP7031598B2 (en) * 2016-10-14 2022-03-08 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, image display device
TWI670354B (en) * 2017-02-03 2019-09-01 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device using the same
JP2019106332A (en) * 2017-12-14 2019-06-27 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Organic electroluminescent device and method for manufacturing the same, and display device
KR102242171B1 (en) * 2020-12-17 2021-04-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereby

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005055814A (en) * 2003-08-07 2005-03-03 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP2005134439A (en) * 2003-10-28 2005-05-26 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and its cured product
JP2006053569A (en) * 2003-06-10 2006-02-23 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photopolymerizable composition and color filter obtained by using the same

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2878486B2 (en) * 1991-05-31 1999-04-05 日本化薬株式会社 Resin composition, solder resist resin composition and cured product thereof
KR100417605B1 (en) * 1995-04-27 2004-04-28 신닛테츠가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 Color filter protective film forming material and color filter protective film
JP3657049B2 (en) * 1996-02-06 2005-06-08 日本化薬株式会社 Resin composition, resist ink resin composition and cured products thereof
JP2002145999A (en) * 2000-11-15 2002-05-22 Nagase Kasei Kogyo Kk Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin and photosensitive resin composition containing the resin
JP4004826B2 (en) * 2002-03-15 2007-11-07 新日鐵化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition and color filter
JP4426197B2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2010-03-03 凸版印刷株式会社 Coloring composition, photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP4290483B2 (en) * 2003-06-05 2009-07-08 新日鐵化学株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for black resist and light-shielding film formed using the same
JP2005029520A (en) * 2003-07-08 2005-02-03 Daicel Chem Ind Ltd Polymerizable adamantane derivative, macromolecular compound, resin composition for photoresist, and method for producing semiconductor
JP2005126674A (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-05-19 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal displaying device
JP5109246B2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2012-12-26 三菱化学株式会社 Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008052069A (en) * 2006-08-25 2008-03-06 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006053569A (en) * 2003-06-10 2006-02-23 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photopolymerizable composition and color filter obtained by using the same
JP2005055814A (en) * 2003-08-07 2005-03-03 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP2005134439A (en) * 2003-10-28 2005-05-26 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and its cured product

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101477981B1 (en) 2014-12-31
JP5343410B2 (en) 2013-11-13
TW200916851A (en) 2009-04-16
WO2008153000A1 (en) 2008-12-18
JP2009020501A (en) 2009-01-29
KR20100018483A (en) 2010-02-17
CN101548203B (en) 2012-03-07
CN101548203A (en) 2009-09-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI449968B (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display
JP6361838B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, black matrix, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP5652510B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP7283519B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product and image display device
JP4561062B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP6365118B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product obtained by curing it, black matrix, and image display device
JP2013011845A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display
JP2013167687A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition, color filter, and liquid-crystal display
JP5957952B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TW201835682A (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP5092590B2 (en) Colored photopolymerizable composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
TWI421634B (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter, liquid-crystal display device and organic el display
JP2013195681A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP2012083549A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP2013065000A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
JP7120234B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix and image display device
JP5120349B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP6607054B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device
JP2017182092A (en) Coloring resin composition
WO2023182350A1 (en) Pigment dispersion liquid, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, image display device, and method for producing pigment dispersion liquid
WO2023204314A1 (en) Pigment dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, black matrix, and image display device